OS/2 Shareware BBS: 10 Tools/10-Tools.zip/VSCPPv4.zip/VACPP/IBMCPP/HELP/DDE4VE30.HLP

OS/2 Help File | 1995-06-01 | 397KB | 14,194 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. Trademarks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United States
or other countries:

   C Set ++
   IBM
   VisualAge
   Visual Builder
   WorkFrame


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. General Tasks for Visual Builder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Visual Builder is an object-oriented development environment that you can use
to visually construct applications with graphical user interfaces using a
technology called construction from parts.

To develop an application with Visual Builder, you must do the following:

   1. Create your application.
   2. Use the Composition Editor to create your user interface.
   3. Make connections between the parts.

 To learn more about using Visual Builder, refer to the following Visual
 Builder documentation:

 Visual Builder User's Guide
      To learn more about using Visual Builder parts, classes, and features to
      build applications

 Visual Builder Visual Builder Parts Reference
      For details about specific Visual Builder parts, classes, and features
      you can use


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. Visual Builder Help Menu Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The central portion of the Help pull-down menu is dedicated to all the online
documentation that is shipped with Visual Builder. Making a selection from any
of these cascade menus launches the Visual Builder documentation associated
with the menu item. You can find the same documentation in the Information
folder found in the Visual Builder Desktop folder.

The cascade menus are organized as follows:

 At A Glance
   Provides general information on using Visual Builder, such as what is new in
   this release, the overall tutorial, a description of all the sample
   programs, and answers to frequently asked questions.

 Using Visual Builder
   Provides direct access to the individual sections of the user's guide. For
   example, if you are using the Browser, you would look in the Browsing
   section for more information.

 How Do I? Selections
   Provides access to the How Do I... information for each component of Visual
   Builder. Use How Do I? information to find out how to perform common tasks
   within Visual Builder.

 C/C++
   Provides access to the information that is specific to programming in C and
   C++.

 Class Libraries
   Provides access to the Visual Builder Open Class Library documentation.

 Visual Programming
   Provides access to the information that is specific to creating your
   programs visually.

 OS/2, PM, and Graphics
   Provides access to the documentation for the key aspects of OS/2,
   Presentation Manager, and graphics programming.

 IPF, REXX, and Editing
   Provides access to the IPF, REXX and Editor references.

 SOM and WorkPlace Shell
   Provides access to the information specific to SOM and the WorkPlace Shell.

 Multimedia
   Provides access to the information that is specific to creating multimedia
   applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. Project Pull-Down Menu Help ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Project menu gives you direct access to all of the actions that you can
perform from your current location.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. How To Use the Task Roadmap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use How Do I? to see a list of tasks you can perform using Visual Builder.

To use the task roadmap, select a task from the list. Visual Builder displays
the steps you can use to perform the task.

To close the task roadmap, do one of the following:

     Press F3.

     Click on the window using mouse button 2, and select Exit from the pop-up
      menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Product information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Product Information to see version and copyright information about Visual
Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. Building an Application Visually ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Composition Editor lets you visually construct the composite parts that
make up your application.

From the Visual Builder window, you open the Composition Editor to edit a part.
By editing the part that represents the overall structure of your application
(usually its main user interface view), you graphically build your application
by making connections between parts.

Building an application with the Composition Editor involves the following
tasks:

     Adding a part to the parts palette
     Changing part settings
     Manipulating parts on the free-form surface
     Modifying the parts palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. Adding a Part from the Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To add a part from the parts palette to the free-form surface, follow these
steps:

   1. In the left column of the parts palette, use mouse button 1 to select the
      category containing the part you want. The icons representing the parts
      in the selected category appear in the right column.

   2. Select the part with mouse button 1. The mouse pointer becomes a
      crosshair, indicating that the mouse pointer is now loaded with the part
      you selected.

   3. Move the mouse pointer to the location where you want to place the part.

   4. Press and hold mouse button 1. An outline of the part you selected
      appears under the mouse pointer on the free-form surface. Without
      releasing the mouse button, you can move the mouse pointer to position it
      precisely.

   5. Release the mouse button. The part you selected is placed at the location
      of the mouse pointer, and the mouse pointer returns to normal.

 If you need to add multiple parts of the same class, before you select one or
 more categories that contain the parts you want, select the Sticky check box.

 If the part you want to add is not on the parts palette, you can add it with
 the Add new part choice from the Options menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Changing Part Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the settings for a part, follow these steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part and click mouse button 2. The
      pop-up menu for the part appears.

   2. Select Open settings from the menu. The settings view for the part
      appears.

 For help with filling out the settings view for a part, open the online help
 for that part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3. Manipulating Parts on the Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can perform the following operations on most parts:

     Selecting and deselecting parts
     Moving a part
     Resizing a part
     Copying a part
     Editing part text
     Displaying part pop-up menus


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.1. Selecting and deselecting parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To select a part, click once on the part with mouse button 1.

To select more than one part, do either of the following:

     Position the mouse pointer over the first part you want to select and
      press mouse button 1. While holding the mouse button down, move the mouse
      pointer over the other parts you want to select and then release the
      mouse button.

     Hold down the Ctrl key and click with mouse button 1 on each of the parts
      you want to select.

 Selection is indicated by handles, small boxes that appear on the corners of
 the selected part. If you select more than one part, the one you selected most
 recently has primary selection, indicated by closed or solid handles (Γûá); the
 others have open handles.

 To deselect a part, position the mouse pointer over the part, hold down the
 Ctrl key, and click mouse button 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.2. Moving a Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To move a part to another location on the free-form surface, follow these
steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part you want to move.

   2. Hold down mouse button 2 and move the mouse pointer to the new location.

      As you move the mouse, you see an outline of the part you are moving, and
      target emphasis (a solid border) around the window or form that contains
      the part when you release the mouse button.

   3. Release the mouse button. The part appears in its new location.

 If the part you are dragging is one of several that you selected, all of the
 selected parts move together.

 If you start to move a part and then decide you want to leave it where it is,
 press Esc before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.3. Resizing a Visual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the size of a visual part, follow these steps:

   1. Select the part by clicking once on the part with mouse button 1.

   2. Once the part is selected, place the mouse pointer over one of the
      handles and press mouse button 1.

   3. Hold down mouse button 1 and drag the handle to a new location. As you
      move the mouse, you see the outline of the part dynamically changing
      size. When it is the size you want, release the mouse button. The part
      changes to the size that you chose.

 If you start to resize a part and then decide you want to leave it as it was,
 press Esc before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.4. Copying a Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To copy a part, follow these steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part you want to copy.

   2. Hold down the Ctrl key and mouse button 2, and move the mouse pointer to
      the location where you want the copy to be.

      As you move the mouse, you see the outline of the part you are copying,
      and target emphasis (a solid border) around the window or form that
      contains the new part when you release the mouse button.

   3. Release mouse button 2 and the Ctrl key.

      The part appears in its new location.

 If the part you are dragging is one of several that you selected, all of the
 selected parts are copied.

 If you start to copy a part and then decide you do not want to, press Esc
 before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5. Editing Part Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To edit the text of a label for a part, follow these steps:

   1. Hold down the Alt key.

   2. Click on the text you want to change with mouse button 1. The text is
      selected for editing.

   3. Edit the text.

   4. When you are finished, press Shift-Enter, or click with mouse button 1 on
      any part other than the one whose label you edited.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.6. Displaying Part Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To see a menu of operations you can perform on a part, click once on the part
with mouse button 2. The pop-up menu for the part appears. Choices on the
pop-up menu allow you to delete the part, rename it, and perform other
operations (which vary from one part to another).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4. Tearing Off Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To tear off an attribute, follow these steps:

   1. Select Tear off attribute from the pop-up menu of the part whose
      attribute you want to access. Another menu appears listing all of the
      attributes of the part.

   2. Select the attribute you want to tear off.

 The mouse pointer is now loaded with a part representing the attribute you
 selected. Place the new part on the free-form surface, as you would any other
 nonvisual part. The torn-off attribute now appears as a stand-alone part
 connected to the original part by an attribute-to-attribute connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. Modifying the Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can modify the contents of the parts palette in the following ways:

     Add a new category
     Remove a category
     Add a new part
     Remove a part

 By modifying the parts palette, you can reuse parts you have purchased or
 built yourself.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Visual Builder window to work with parts.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder
     Load or unload .vbb files
     Save changes made to .vbb files
     Import or export part information
     Create new parts
     Edit, copy, delete, or rename parts
     Generate source code for the part and for the main application
     Add parts to the parts palette
     Filter part names

 Panes in this window

 The Visual Builder window consists of the following panes:

     Loaded part files
     Visual parts
     Nonvisual parts
     Loaded type info
     Status area

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Part
     Edit
     Options
     Help


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1. Loaded Part Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Loaded part files pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of .vbb
files that you have already loaded into Visual Builder.

To load one or more files, do the following:

   1. Select FileLoad.
   2. From the window that appears, select the files you want to load.
   3. Select OK.

 By default, Visual Builder loads vbbase.vbb, which contains all parts shipped
 with Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2. Visual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Visual parts pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of visual
C++ parts you can work with.

To see what parts are available, select one or more .vbb files from the Loaded
part files pane.

To work with parts, follow these steps:

     Select more parts from the Visual parts pane and the Nonvisual parts
      pane.

     Select a choice from the Part menu bar item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3. Nonvisual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Nonvisual parts pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of
nonvisual C++ parts you can work with.

To see what parts are available, select one or more .vbb files from the Loaded
part files pane.

To work with parts, follow these steps:

     Select more parts from the Visual parts pane and the Nonvisual parts
      pane.

     Select a choice from the Part menu bar item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4. Loaded Type Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Loaded type information pane in the Visual Builder window shows the types
defined in the files you have loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5. Status Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The status area is a static text field at the bottom of the Visual Builder
window. It displays information about what to do, your current selection, or
the last operation.

For example, if you select vbbase.vbb from the Loaded part files and then
select IButton from the Visual parts pane, the Status area. displays the
following text:

IButton selected


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9. Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Composition Editor to design and build the user interface for the parts
that make up your application.

You build the interface by adding parts to the free-form surface, and construct
the application logic by making connection between the parts. The Composition
Editor makes it easy to build a part because of the functions available on the
menu bar, pop-up menus, tool bar, and the variety of reusable parts on the
parts palette.

You can create new parts or edit existing ones.

Areas in this window

The four main areas of the Composition Editor window are as follows:

     Parts palette
     Free-form surface
     Tool bar
     Status area

 When you develop applications, you work extensively with these areas.

 Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder
     Placing parts on the free-form surface
     Adding a part
     Making connections
     Saving a part
     Generating code

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Options
     Tools
     Help

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part using the icons in the
 bottom-right corner of the window. The view icon for the editor you are
 currently using is not available. For example, if you are using the
 Composition Editor, the Part Interface Editor and Class Editor icons are
 available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Class Editor:

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor for the part you are working with. Use
      the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes
      to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to
      specify:

          The .vbb file that contains the part you are editing
          The name of the base class for your part
          Other files that you want to include when you build your application

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1. Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The free-form surface is the large open area in the Composition Editor. Think
of it as a blank sheet of paper. It is the work area where you can add,
manipulate, and connect the parts that you work with to create your
application.

Although the free-form surface

You can add visual parts and nonvisual parts to the free-form surface. You can
also add visual parts to another visual part to create a new part. For example,
you can add text and push buttons inside a window.

You can add nonvisual parts to build the application logic for a composite
part, such as a variable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2. Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts palette provides building blocks you can use to construct an
application. It consists of several categories, each one containing a set of
parts. You can add a part to the application you are building by selecting a
category and then a part from the parts palette and dropping it on the
free-form surface. The status area displays the name of the category and the
part you select from the parts palette.

After you select a part from the parts palette, you can add one or more
instances of the part to the free-form surface. To add more than one instance
of the selected part to the free-form surface, select Sticky.

The parts palette can contain the following:

     Default categories and parts supplied with Visual Builder
     Parts you have constructed yourself
     Parts supplied by a vendor

 Typically, a category contains parts that are similar in behavior or one that
 you can use to perform similar tasks. For example, the Frame Extensions
 category contains parts such as menus, menu items, menu separators, and
 cascade menu items. You can use all of these to add menus to an application.

 Additional information

     Modifying the palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.1. Sticky ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Sticky from the lower-left corner of the parts palette to add several
parts of the same type from the parts palette to the free-form surface.

To use Sticky, select the part you want to add and then select Sticky. After
you place a part on the free-form surface, the mouse pointer continues to
display as a crosshair, indicating that you can place another part of the same
type from the free-form surface. The mouse pointer remains as a crosshair until
you do one of the following:

     Select Sticky again to turn it off.

     Select the Selection tool from the tool bar or from the Tools pull-down.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.3. Status Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The status area is a scrollable static text field at the bottom of the
Composition Editor that displays information about your current selection or
the last definition operation.

For example, if you place a push button part on a frame window part and make a
connection bewteen the two, the status area displays text similar to the
following:

Connection created... ('Apply',#buttonClickedEvent --> 'Canvas',#menu)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4. Tool Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the tools on the tool bar to help you build the user interface for your
application. Visual Builder also provides tools such as Show connections, Hide
connections, and Toggle grid that let you determine how the free-form surface
looks as you build your application. They also help you manage the visual
appearnce of your application parts and accurately place them on the free-form
surface.

You can access some or all of these tools from the following:

     Tool bar, which is just below the menu bar in the Composition Editor

     Tools menu in the Composition Editor

     Pop-up menus for parts you place on the free-form surface

           Generate

           Selection tool

           Show connections

           Hide connections

           Toggle grid

           Snap to grid

           Align left

           Align center

           Align right

           Align top

           Align middle

           Align bottom

           Distribute horizontally

           Distribute vertically

           Match height

           Match width


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.1. Generate Tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select the Generate tool to generate C++ code for your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.2. Selection Tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select the Selection tool to unload the pointer and return it to the selection
pointer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.3. Show Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show connections to show the connections you have created between parts.

Visual Builder displays the connections to and from one or more selected parts
as colored lines with arrowheads. Visual Builder displays all connections by
default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.4. Hide Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Hide connections to hide the connecting links between parts.

If your application has many connections, you can reduce the number of
connections displayed by hiding those you are not currently working with.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.5. Toggle Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Toggle grid to display or remove a grid in the selected window.

The grid can help you when you want to place correctly align visual parts on
the free-form surface. The grid does not appear at run time.

You can set the spacing of the grid lines by choosing Set grid spacing from the
pop-up menu for the parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.6. Snap to Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap to grid to align to the grid the parts you have selected. The upper
and left edges of the parts are aligned to the nearest grid lines. Using Snap
to grid helps evenly align the parts.

You do not need to display the grid for Snap To Grid to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.7. Align Left ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align left to move the selected parts so that their left edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.8. Align Center ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align center to move the selected parts so that their centers align
vertically. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection
handles (Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align
parts with one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the
one you want to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.9. Align Right ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align right to move the selected parts so that their right edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.10. Align Top ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align top to move the selected parts so that their top edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.11. Align Middle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align middle to move the selected parts so that their centers are
aligned horizontally. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid
selection handles (Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want
to align parts with one another, select the ones you want to move and then
select the one you want to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.12. Align Bottom ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align bottom to move the selected parts so that their bottom edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.13. Distribute Horizontally ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute horizontally to move the selected parts so that they are
spaced evenly between the left and right edges of the window they are in.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.14. Distribute Vertically ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute vertically to move the selected parts so that they are spaced
evenly between the top and bottom edges of the window they are in.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.15. Match Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match width to size the selected parts so that they are all of equal
width.

Visual Builder matches the width of all selected parts with whatever part you
select last, indicated by solid selection handles (Γûá). Select the parts you
want to size, then select the part that is the width that you want the other
parts to be.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.16. Match Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match height to size the selected parts so that they are all of equal
height.

Visual Builder matches the height of all selected parts with whatever part you
select last, indicated by solid selection handles (Γûá). Select the parts you
want to size, then select the part that is the height that you want the other
parts to be.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10. Class Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Class Editor to specify the names of the files that Visual Builder
writes to when you generate default C++ code for the class.

You can also use this editor to do the followingcolon.

     Enter a description of the part
     Specify a different .vbb file in which to store the part
     See the name of the base class for the part
     Modify the default constructor for the part
     Enter additional constructor and destructor code
     Specify a .lib file for the part
     Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
      application
     The #ifdef and #endif preprocessor directives

 Use your favorite text editor to create new classes and member functions,
 write application logic, and modify existing member functions.

 Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder
     Using class connections

 Class Editor fields

     Description
     Part file specification
     Base class - access level
     Constructor
     User constructor code
     User destructor code
     .LIB file name
     Starting resource ID
     Icon
     Code generation files
     User files included in generation

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part using the icons in the
 bottom-right corner of the window, or by using the View. menu choice. The view
 icon for the editor you are currently using is not available. For example, if
 you are using the Composition Editor, the Part Interface Editor and Class
 Editor icons are available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Class Editor:

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor to build your application, lay
      out the visual parts that make up your windows, choose the parts that
      perform the logic you need, and make connections between the parts.

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Help


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Description field to enter a description of your part. This description
appears in the following places:

     In the Status area when you select the part, if you add your part to the
      parts palette

     In the first line of a vbbase.vbe, if that is where you export part
      information


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2. Part File Specification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part file specification field to specify where Visual Builder places
all data model information about a part.

If you want to move this part to another .vbb file while using the Class
Editor, do the following:

   1. Replace the name of the current .vbb file with the name of another .vbb
      file into which you want to store the part.

   2. Select the Update push button to apply the change. Visual Builder moves
      the part from the former .vbb file to the one you just specified. If the
      .vbb file you specified does not exist, Visual Builder creates it for
      you.

   3. Save the .vbb file by selecting FileSave. You must do this to write the
      changes to the file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3. Base Class - Access Level ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Base class - access level field shows the name of the base class for your
part. This is the class name that you specified as the part's parent when you
created the part.

You cannot modify this class name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4. Constructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Constructor field to specify the constructor for the class. Visual
Builder initially inserts a default constructor in this field. If the default
constructor is not the constructor you want, modify it by editing the text in
this field.

If you want more than one constructor for the class, you must update the source
code file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.5. User Constructor Code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the User constructor code field to specify the code you want to use for the
default constructor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6. User Destructor Code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the User destructor code field to specify the code you want to use for the
default destructor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7. .LIB File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the .LIB file name field to specify the default library (partname.lib) that
you want to contain this part.

Visual Builder initially inserts vblibfile.lib as the default .lib file in this
field.

To change this, type over the text in this field. (The text shown in bold is
what you enter.) You can enter the file name with or without quotation marks as
delimiters, The .lib file name that you enter becomes the new default library
file.

When you generate code for this part, Visual Builder inserts a #pragma
statement for this file without quotation mark delimiters unless there are
embedded spaces. Also, when Visual Builder generates make files for other parts
that use this part, the .lib file is specified in the make file as a
dependency.

For more information about generating code, refer to Visual Builder User's
Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8. Starting Resource ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Starting resource ID checkbox and field to specify the number of the
first resource identifier you want to use for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9. Icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before adding your part to the parts palette, use the fields in Icon to specify
an icon for your part other than the Visual Builder default, .

Visual Builder displays an icon below the Resource ID field to represent the
part using this information.

Fields

 DLL Name Name of the resource DLL file containing the icon you want to use

 Resource ID Number of the resource ID of the icon in the DLL specified in Dll
   Name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10. Code-generation and include files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Code generation files and User files included to specify the files needed
to build your application.

You can also use these fields to generate the labels to be used on the #ifndef
and #endif preprocessor directives. For example, if you specify SxP.hpp _SXP_
in C++ header file (.hpp), Visual Builder generates the file, SxP.hpp, which
contains the following code:

#ifndef _SXP_
:
:
// contents of file
:
:
#endif _SXP_

For complete information about include files and generating default source
code, refer to Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.1. Code generation files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Code generation files to specify the C++ header (.hpp) and
source code (C++) files that Visual Builder generates when you select FileSave
and GeneratePart source.

These fields initially contain .hpp and .cpp file names based on the name of
the part you are editing. To change these names, update the entry fields and
select the Update push button.

Warning: If the files already exist, Visual Builder replaces their contents
with the default code currently being generated.

Visual Builder writes both files to the current directory.

Fields

 C++ header file (.hpp)
   Name of the header file (.hpp) generated

 C++ code file (.cpp)
   Name of the code file (.cpp) generated

 Once you have set these fields, Visual Builder replaces default code to the
 header and code files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2. User Files to be Included in Generation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in User files to be included in generation to specify files you
want included when you build your application.

Visual Builder uses the include files, and the information in the #ifndef and
#endif preprocessor directives, when it generates part source code.

Fields

     User .hpp file
     User .cpp file
     User .h file
     User .rc file
     Required include files


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.1. User .hpp File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .hpp file to specify the name of the header file (.hpp) that you want
included within the class declaration in C++ header file (.hpp).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.2. User .cpp File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .cpp file to specify the name of the code file (.cpp) that you want
included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp).

You must enter a file name in this field before you can generate default
feature code using the Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.3. User .h File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .h file to specify the name of the resource header file (.h) that you
want included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp).

You must enter a file name in this field before you can generate default
feature code using the Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.4. User .rc File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .rc file to specify the name of the resource file (.rc) that you want
included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp).

You must enter a file name in this field before you can generate default
feature code using the Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.5. Required Include Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Required include files to specify the names of other files you want Visual
Builder to include when you generate default source code for your application,
such as:

     Standard C++ library files, such as iostream.h

     IBM User Interface Class Library header files, such as istring.hpp

     Your own header files (.hpp)

 Visual Builder generates the #include preprocessor directives in the default
 source code.

 If you type a label next to the file name, Visual Builder uses that label to
 generate #ifndef and #endif preprocessor directive for you. For example, to
 include the header file for an address part you created, enter the following
 in this field:

  address.hpp _ADDRESS_

 Visual Builder would generate the following in your default .cpp source code
 file:

  # ifndef  _ ADDRESS _
  # include  < address . hpp >
  # endif

 Omit the label, and Visual Builder generates only the #include preprocessor
 directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11. Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part Interface Editor to define or modify the part interface of a part.
Having a part interface makes it possible for other parts to communicate with
the part and request services of it. You can use externalized features of the
part interface. to make connections when building an application.

To learn how to build reusable parts, refer to Visual Builder User's Guide.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder
     View the part interface for a part
     Specify the features (attributes, actions, and events) to be in the part
      interface
     Choose the most commonly used features as the preferred feaures for the
      part-those that appear in the pop-up connection menu for the part

 Tabs

     Attribute
     Event
     Action
     Promote
     Preferred

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part using the icons in the
 bottom-right corner of the window. The view icon for the editor you are
 currently using is not available. For example, if you are using the
 Composition Editor, the Part Interface Editor and Class Editor icons are
 available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Class Editor:

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor lay out the visual parts that
      make up your windows, choose the parts that perform the logic you need,
      and make connections between the parts.

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor for the part you are working with. Use
      the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes
      to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to do the
      following:

          Specify the .vbb file that contains the part you are editing

          Find the name of the base class for your part

          Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
           application

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Help


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1. Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute page to define the attributes for your part.

The Attribute page lists the names of all the attributes defined for a part. An
attribute represents a property of a part. An attribute typically corresponds
to a data member, such as the name in a Person class.

You can connect attributes to attributes or to actions of other parts. It is
good programming practice to encapsulate access to the attribute data. To
connect an attribute, you make the connection to its name. You can use a get
member function to request the value of an attribute or a set member function
to set the value. Event identification allows a part to notify other parts that
the attribute has been changed,

Fields

     Attribute name
     Attribute type
     Get member function
     Set member function
     Event identification
     Description

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1. Attribute Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute name field to specify a descriptive name for the attribute.
Each attribute name within a part must be unique. This is the name to appear on
the connection menu when you make connections to or from it in the Composition
Editor

The attribute name should contain only alphanumeric characters and blanks.
Attribute names cannot contain DBCS characters.

You cannot change the attribute name directly. To change an attribute name, you
must do the following:

   1. Delete the existing attribute.
   2. Add a new attribute that matches the deleted attribute in all respects
      except for the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.2. Attribute Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute type field to specify the data type of a data member to store
information associated with the part.

In the Attribute type field, enter the type of data the attribute represents.
The types shown in the drop-down list reflect those that are loaded in the part
data files.

The default value for the class is int. You can select another available type,
such as IString. Once you change the default (int) to another data type, the
new data type becomes the default for any new attributes you create until you
change it again or until you close the Part Interface Editor window. When you
open the Part Interface Editor window, the default data type for any new
attributes you create reverts to the default (int) until you change it again by
creating another attribute or modifying an existing one.

When Visual Builder generates code, data members are private. If you define get
and set member functions, then users can read and write the attribute through
these functions. If the attribute is read only, then do not specify a set
member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.3. Get Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Get member function to specify the member function this or other parts use
to query or get the value of a data member.

The get member function is the name of a member function that retrieves the
value of an attribute. Typically, a get member function returns the value of a
data member. However, it could perform some other function, such as return a
computed value.

You do not have to specify a get member function. For example, you might want
to omit the get member function for an attribute-such as a password-so that no
other parts can retrieve it.

If you select the Defaults push button, the get member function name becomes
the attribute name with the blank spaces and colons (:) removed. Any letter
following a blank is capitalized. For example, myGetSel. is the default get
member function name for the attribute named my Get Sel. The get member
function names cannot contain DBCS characters.

Visual Builder generates default code for the get and set member functions if
you select FileGenerate default feature source code menu-bar choice. Using
this choice also generates event notification.

If you want to write your own get member function, use your favorite editor to
add the needed code in Code generation files in the Class Editor. The Get
member function field includes a drop-down list so you can choose any of these
member functions as the get member function.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.4. Edit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to edit the file and change the information in this field.

The Edit source file window opens:

   1. Enter the name of the source file that you want to edit in the File name
      field.

   2. Enter the number of the line in the source file in the Line number field,
      The default is 1.

   3. Enter the number of the column in the source file in the Column number
      field, The default is 1.

   4. Click on the Edit push button. The top of the file is displayed by
      default, unless you specify a different line or column number.

 You can use Edit when the file name and location information are available for
 the item you selected.

 If you do not enter any information in this field, Visual Builder uses the
 file name specified in the User .cpp file in the Class Editor or the name of
 the file you entered previously in the Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.5. Edit Direct ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit direct to edit the file directly without having to use the Edit
source file window.

You can use Edit direct this when the file name and location information are
available for the selected item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.6. Set Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Set member function to specify the member function this or other parts use
to set the value returned by a data member.

The set member function is a member function that sets or changes the value of
an attribute. Typically, a set member function sets the value of a data member.
However, it could perform some other function such as add the value to a
database.

You do not have to specify a set member function. However, another part cannot
set or change the value of the attribute without a set member function. You can
omit a set member function if you want to enable other parts to retrieve but
not set an attribute. For example, you might not want other parts to set the
current date.

If you select the Defaults push button, the set member function name becomes
the attribute name with all the blank spaces and colons (:) removed, with a
colon added on the end. The name begins with set, and any letter following a
blank is capitalized. For example, setMySetSel: is the default set member
function name for the attribute named my Set Sel. The set member function names
cannot contain DBCS characters.

The field includes a drop-down list. You can choose any of these member
functions as the set member function.

Visual Builder generates default code for the get and set member functions if
you select FileGenerate default feature source code menu bar choice. Using
this choice also generates event notification.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.7. Event Identification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Event identification to specify an identifier to be used to notify another
part when the attribute value has changed. Event identification signals
connected parts that an event has occurred. This is typically done when the
attribute is used as the source of a connection. The connection types that use
an attribute as the source of a connection are:

     Attribute-to-action
     Attribute-to-attribute
     Attribute-to-member function
     Attribute-to-parameter

 You must supply an event identifier. You can create one of your own or you can
 use the default event identifier that Visual Builder supplies when you select
 either Defaults or Add with defaults.

 If you select the Defaults push button, the event identification name is the
 same as the attribute name but ends with Id. For example, if the attribute
 name is orderChanged, then the event identification is orderChangedID.

 You do not have to specify a value in the Event identification field. If you
 do not specify a name, other parts will not know when an attribute was updated
 and consequently will have an old value for that attribute. For example, if an
 entry field was connected to a street attribute and the street was updated by
 the database, the entry field would not receive notification and would contain
 an old address.

 If you generate a set member function for your attribute, the default code
 Visual Builder generates will signal the change event if the value of the
 attribute changes.

 Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.8. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Description field, enter a description for the feature.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2. Add With Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add with defaults push button to add the attribute, action, or event
specified to the part interface with default values for the fields-such as, Get
member function, Set member function, Event identification, or Action member
function. If you have made modifications to one of these fields, use the Add
push button instead of Add with defaults.

Visual Builder uses default names for the features that you add using Add with
defaults. Default names are the attribute, action, or event name with all the
blank spaces removed. Any letter that follows a blank is capitalized. For
example, if an action in an order entry application is "get next order", then
the default name is getNextOrder.

This push button performs the functions of both the Add and Defaults push
buttons simultaneously.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.3. Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add push button to add the attribute, action, or event specified to the
part interface. Be sure you have specified all fields you want before selecting
Add.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically add the features. You must select Add or Add with defaults to add
the feature to the interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.4. Update ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Update push button to update changes you make to the information
displayed for the part in any entry field for an existing attribute, action, or
event except the Name field.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically add the features. You must select Update to save your changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.5. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Delete push button to remove the attribute, action, or event from the
part interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.6. Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Defaults push button to request default values for the attributes,
actions, or events.

Default values exist for each of the following fields:

     Attribute name
     Get member function
     Set member function
     Action member function
     Return type
     Event identification
     Description

 Selecting the defaults for the part features does not automatically add the
 features. You must select Add or Update to change the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.7. Clear ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Clear push button to clear out the entry fields in the Part Interface
Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event page to define the events that you use to notify this or other
parts about changes you decide are significant. For example, you might notify
other parts when an attribute is set to a certain value or when important
processing is finished. As a result, someone using your reusable part can link
to one of the part events and receive automatic notification of the event
whenever it is executed.

The Event page lists the names of the events defined for a part and their
corresponding event identifications. Events provide a notification mechanism.

Events are used to signal that something has happened to the part, such as the
user clicked a push button or opened a window. Event identifications are used
within the code to notify the connected parts that the event has occurred. You
can add parameters to events to pass information.

Fields

     Event name
     Event identification
     Description
     Parameters and their types

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.1. Event Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event name to specify a descriptive name for the event in this field.
Each event name within a part must be unique. This name appears on the
connection menu when you make connections to or from it in the Composition
Editor. For example, a push button can have an event of buttonClickEvent.

Event names cannot contain DBCS characters.

You cannot change the event name directly. To change the event name, you must
do the following:

   1. Delete the existing events.
   2. Add a new event that matches the deleted event in all respects except for
      the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2. Parameters and Their Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the following fields in the Parameters and their types table to define a
parameter and data type sent as part of an event.

 Name      The name of the event parameter

 Type      The class or data type, of the event parameter, such as IString,
           integer, or unsigned long

 This table shows parameters and parameter classes, if any, for events and
 actions.

 Event notification can provide additional information about the event by
 passing along parameters with the notification. An example would be a button
 that represents a key on a calculator. In addition to telling other parts that
 it has been selected, it can also pass the value of its label-for example, the
 number 5.

 Likewise, actions might need to provide additional information necessary for a
 particular behavior. For example, an addTo() action of an ordered collection.
 would need a parameter containing the object that was being added to the
 collection.

 To edit the table, select one of the following pop-up menu choices by clicking
 mouse button 2 over a row or column heading:

     Add before
     Add after
     Delete selected rows

 After you have added a row, you can type directly into the cells on the row by
 doing the following:

   1. Select the row. If it is the first one, select Name (the column heading).

   2. Place the mouse pointer over a cell and click mouse button 1.

   3. Edit the text in the cell.

   4. Move the editing cursor among the cells using the Tab and Backspace keys.

   5. To exit the edit mode, press Shift-Enter.

 The parameters are passed in the order they occur in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.1. Add Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add before to add a new row in the table before the selected row. If no row
is selected, the new row is inserted before the first row in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.2. Add After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add after to add a new row in the table after the selected row. If no row
is selected, the new row is inserted after the last row in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.3. Delete Selected Row ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Delete selected row to remove the selected rows from the table. Although
you cannot retrieve deleted rows, you can add them again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9. Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Action page to define the actions that your reusable part uses to
perform specific tasks.

The Action page lists the names of all the actions that the part can perform.
Actions are operations and services, such as closing or opening a window.

Generally, actions are performed when an event occurs in your application.
After you have connected an event to an action, the events signals the action
to run.

For example, when a user selects a button of an order entry application view,
the button signals an event of buttonClickedEvent. If the buttonClickedEvent
event for this button is connected to the action that adds an order for a
customer, that action is performed.

Fields

     Action name
     Action member function
     Action member function
     Return type
     Description
     Parameters and their types

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.1. Action Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Action name to specify a name that describes the action to be taken. For
example, an ordered collection has an action of addTo and a window has an
action of open.

Each action name must be unique within a part. Action names cannot contain DBCS
characters.

You cannot change the action name directly. To change the action name, you must
do the following:

   1. Delete the existing action.
   2. Add a new action that matches the deleted action in all respects except
      for the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.2. Action Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Action member function to specify the name of the member function that is
performed when the action takes place. This can be the same as the action name.

If you select the Defaults push button, the member function name becomes the
action name with all the blank spaces removed. Any letter following a blank is
capitalized. For example, if an action name in an order entry application is
get next order, then the default action member function is getNextOrder.

The field includes a drop-down list. You can assign any of these existing
member function names as the action member function.

Visual Builder generates default code for the get and set member functions if
you select FileGenerate default feature source code menu bar choice. Using
this choice also generates event notification.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.3. Return Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Return type to specify the data type of the value that the action returns.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10. Promote ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Promote lists the names of all subparts and their attributes, actions, or
events.

Use the fields in Promote to add features of the part to the part interface. Or
you can select Promote part feature from the pop-up menu for a part in the
Composition Editor.

Fields

     Promote feature name
     Subpart name
     Feature type
     Promotable feature

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.1. Promote Feature Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Promote feature name shows the name that the feature will be promoted as.
You cannot use DBCS characters in the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.2. Subpart Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Subpart name Use the Subpart name to specify the subpart you want to select
features to promote from.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.3. Feature Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Feature type to specify which type of feature (attribute, action, or event)
you want to promote for the subpart you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.4. Promotable Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Promotable features to specify the feature of the subpart you specified
that you want to promote.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11. Preferred ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Preferred to specify the preferred features for your part-the features that
you use most often when connecting this part to another part. The features
(attributes, actions, or events) that you specify appear in the first pop-up
menu that is displayed when you begin a connection on this part. You can
include any features that you create for your part, as well as any features
that your part inherits from other parts.

Note:  Only the person who creates the part can modify the preferred features
       list. The person using the part cannot add to, delete from, or rearrange
       the order of the features in this list.

 Select ConnectionMore from the pop-up menu for the part to see all features
 for this part if you want to add additional features.

 Fields

     Attributes
     Events
     Actions
     Preferred Features

 Push buttons

     Add
     Defaults
     Remove
     Remove all


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.1. Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Attributes to select one or more attributes that you want to add to your
part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.2. Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Events to select one or more events to add to your part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.3. Actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Actions to select one or more actions to add to your part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.4. Preferred Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Preferred Features field shows the preferred features (attributes, actions,
or events) for your part.

To add features to your part that do not already appear in the list of
Preferred Features, select a feature from the Attributes, Events, and Actions
fields. Then select the Add push button or the Add pop-up menu choice by
clicking mouse button 2 in the Preferred Features field.

To remove features, select a feature from the Preferred Features field. Then
select one of the following pop-up menu choices by clicking mouse button 2 in
that field:

     Remove
     Remove all


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.5. Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Preferred Features field)
to add a feature from the list in the Preferred Features field. Select the
feature, and then select Add.

If you do not select a feature in the Preferred Features field, no feature is
added.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.6. Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Defaults push button to reset the features in the Preferred Features
list to the original defaults shipped with Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.7. Remove ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Remove push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Preferred Features
field) to remove a feature from the list in the Preferred Features field.
Select the feature, and then select Remove.

If you do not select a feature in the Preferred Features field, no feature is
removed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11.8. Remove All ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Remove all push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Preferred Features
field) to remove all feature from the list in the Preferred Features field,
including those that are inherited.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12. Default Parts Palette Categories ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Following are the default parts palette categories shipped with Visual Builder.
You can modify the parts palette by adding parts to individual categories and
by adding new categories for parts.

The following palette categories contain visual part:

           Buttons
           Data entry
           Lists
           Frame Extensions
           Sliders
           Composers
           Models
           Other


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1. Changing the Default Attributes of Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts in each of these categories on the parts palette have characteristics
that are controlled by attributes. These attributes define the appearance and
function of a visual part. To further define the appearance and function of an
instance of a visual part, place an instance of the part on the free-form
surface and open the settings view window for the part.

By making connections with other parts, you can control the runtime values of
these attributes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13. Buttons Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Buttons category contains parts you can use to indicate an action or
selection.

Parts in this category

           IPushButton

           IRadioButton

           ICheckBox

           INumericSpinButton

           ITextSpinButton

           IGraphicPushButton

           IAnimatedButton


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.1. IPushButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IPushButton to add a push button as a standard menu option when you
building menus in your application. For example, you can place an entry field,
push button, and a list box in your application. Through connections you add to
the application, a user can press the push button to add the contents of the
entry field to the list box.

The user can click on a push button to perform an action or select a routing
choice. The text on the button identifies the choice.

Related Parts

     Graphic push button
     Animated push button
     Menu

 The IPushButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IPushButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2. IRadioButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IRadioButton to add one or more radio buttons to your application.

The user can select only one choice from a group of mutually exclusive choices.

Related Parts

     Check box
     Group box
     Outline box

 The IRadioButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IRadioButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3. ICheckBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICheckBox to add a check box to your application. Use a check box part
to provide a settings choice that has two clearly distinguishable states, such
as on and off.

You can add a check box when building menus to a menu option that the user can
select. When the user selects an unmarked choice, the check box is marked. You
can also place a group of check boxes on the free-form surface to provide a set
of related choices that are not mutually exclusive.

The user can deselect the choice by clicking on it again to turn it off.

Related Parts

     Radio button
     Group box
     Outline box

 The ICheckBox part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ICheckBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4. INumericSpinButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select INumericSpinButton to add a numeric spin button to your application to
provide a sequential ring of related but mutually exclusive numeric choices.

The user can spin the ring upward or downward to select another choice.

Related Parts

     Text spin button

 The INumericSpinButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The INumericSpinButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5. ITextSpinButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ITextSpinButton to add a text spin button to your application. Use a
text spin button to provide a sequential ring of related but mutually exclusive
text choices.

The user can spin the ring upward or downward to select another choice.

Related Parts

     Numeric spin button

 The ITextSpinButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ITextSpinButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6. IGraphicPushButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IGraphicPushButton to add a graphic push button to your application that
graphically represents an operation that the user can select.

The user can click on the graphic push button to perform the action or select a
routing choice. The graphic image on the button identifies the choice.

Related Parts

     Push button
     Animated button

 The IGraphicPushButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IGraphicPushButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.7. IAnimatedButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IAnimatedButton to add an animated button that the user can click on to
perform an action. or select a routing choice. The graphic image on the button
identifies the choice.

When the user selects the button, the graphic image on it appears to move. A
multimedia play button with a disk that spins when pressed is an example of an
animated button.

Related Parts

     Push button
     Animated button
     Menu

 The IAnimatedButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IAnimatedButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14. Data Entry Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Data entry category contains parts you can use to enter data from the
keyboard. You can use the IStaticText part to visually identify these parts,
provide instructions, and so on.

Parts in this category

           IStaticText

           IEntryField

           IMultiLineEdit

           IGroupBox

           IOutlineBox

           IBitmapControl

           IIconControl


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1. IStaticText ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IStaticText to add static text to your application that displays status
to the user or provides a text label for a part.

The user cannot modify the text in such a field.

The IStaticText part is in the Data entry category.

To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
view window for the part. The IStaticText - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2. IEntryField ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IEntryField to add a single-line entry field to your application to let
the user define or view a data item. The user can enter or place text into this
field.

Related Parts

     Multiple-line edit
     List box

 The IEntryField part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IEntryField - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3. IMultiLineEdit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMultiLineEdit to define a multiple-line edit part in your application
to display a large amount of textual information. For example, you might use a
multiple-line edit part to display long instructions or descriptive information
from a database. A multiple-line edit part displays such information in the
minimal visual space required.

The user can enter or view multiple-line text data. This part is particularly
useful when information that the user might enter is too long to fit in a
single line. It lets the user enter or edit text in the list box insert mode,
cut, copy, and paste functions that a regular list box does not normally
provide.

Related Parts

     Entry field
     List box

 The IMultiLineEdit part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMultiLineEdit - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.4. IGroupBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IGroupBox to add a group box to your application. A group box visually
distinquishes a set of related user-interface controls within a window,
logically grouping them together as a single unit. Use a group box when a
heading or open space does not adequately distinguish a group of parts from one
another.

You must first add the group box part before adding the parts you want to
appear within the group box. If you try to add the group box part to surround
the existing set of parts, the group box overlays the existing parts.

The user can move through the controls in a group using the keyboard cursor
keys. When the user moves the cursor forward from the last control in the
group, the cursor returns to the first control in the group.

Related Parts

     Outline box

 The IGroupBox part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IGroupBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5. IOutlineBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IOutlineBox to add an outline box to your application to visually group
a set of related user-interface controls within a window without labeling the
group.

The user can move through the controls in a group using the keyboard cursor
keys. When the user moves the cursor forward from the last control in the
group, the cursor returns to the first control in the group.

Related Parts

     Group box

 The IOutlineBox part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IOutlineBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6. IBitmapControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IBitmapControl to add a graphical image (bitmap) to the background of
another part in your application. This control provides a picture for graphical
application data.

The user does not use the bitmap for any action.

Be aware that a bitmap is resized on a set canvas or a multiple-cell canvas
when the canvas is resized.

Related Parts

     Icon control

 The IBitmapControl part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IBitmapControl - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.7. IIconControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IIconControl to add an icon object to your application. The icon part
displays an icon that represents a choice or an object.

The user can access the represented object by double-clicking on the object
with mouse button 1 or by pressing the Enter key when the cursor is on the
icon.

Be aware that an icon is not resized on a set canvas or a multiple-cell canvas
when the canvas is resized.

Related Parts

     Bitmap control

 The IIconControl part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IIconControl - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15. Lists Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Lists category contains parts you can use to select elements from a list.

Parts in this category

           IListBox

           ICollectionViewListBox

           IComboBox

           ICollectionViewComboBox

           IVBContainerControl

           IContainerColumn


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1. IListBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IListBox to add a list box to your application to provide a list of
choices from which a user can select one or more items. Your application can
modify the contents of the list by adding or removing choices.

By default, the user can select only one choice from the list. When the user
selects a choice, any previously selected choice is no longer selected. You can
change the behavior of the list box to allow multiple selection.

To give the user with string selection choices, use one of the following
combination box types, particularly the amount of physical space available on
the layout of your window is a concern:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter a choice or select a choice from a drop-down list

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can select a choice only from a drop-down list

 Simple
   The user can enter a choice or select a choice from an open list

 Related Parts

     Combination box
     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box
     Entry field

 The IListBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IListBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2. ICollectionViewListBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICollectionViewListBox to add a list box to your application. This part
contains a list from which a user can select one or more choices. Your
application can modify the contents of the list by adding or removing choices.

By default, the user can select only one choice from the list. When the user
selects a choice, any previously selected choice is no longer selected. You can
change the behavior of the list box to allow multiple selection.

To give the user with object selection choices, use one of the following
combination box types, particularly the amount of physical space available on
the layout of your window is a concern:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter or select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can select a choice only from a drop-down list.

 Simple
   The user can enter or select a choice from an open list.

 Related Parts

     Collection view combination box
     Combination box
     List box

 The ICollectionViewListBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ICollectionViewListBox - Settings window
 displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3. IComboBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IComboBox to add a combination box for string choices to your
application. It provides the functions of the entry field and list box parts. A
combination box provides a list of parts or settings choices. The user can
scroll through these and then select string items or enter text directly into
the field.

Unless you prevent input in the field, the user can do one of the following:

     Enter the beginning of a selection that is in the list. The closest match
      from the list is used.

     Enter a selection that is not in the list.

 If you define the combination box as a drop-down or read-only drop-down type,
 the user does not initially see the list box but can select the drop-down
 button to open it.

 To give the user with string selection choices, use one of the following
 combination box types, particularly the amount of physical space available on
 the layout of your window is a concern:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter or select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can select a choice only from a drop-down list.

 Simple
   The user can enter or select a choice from an open list.

 Related Parts

     Combination box
     List box
     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box
     Entry field

 The IComboBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IComboBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.4. ICollectionViewComboBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICollectionViewComboBox to add a combination box for collection object
choices to your application. It provides the functions of the entry field and
list box parts. A combination box provides a list of objects. The user can
scroll through these and then select string items or enter text directly into
the field.

Unless you prevent input in the field, the user can do one of the following:

     Enter the beginning of a selection that is in the list. The closest match
      from the list is used.

     Enter a selection that is not in the list.

 If you define the combination box as a drop-down or read-only drop-down type,
 the users does not initially see the list box but can select the drop-down
 button to open it.

 To provide the user with object selection choices, use one of the following
 combination box types, particularly the amount of physical space available on
 the layout of your window is a concern:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter or select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can select a choice only from a drop-down list.

 Simple
   The user can enter or select a choice from an open list.

 Related Parts

     Collection view list box
     Combination box
     List box

 The ICollectionViewComboBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ICollectionViewComboBox - Settings window
 displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5. IVBContainerControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBContainerControl to add a container to your application when you want
to create containers other than those provided by the operating system. A
container part can hold other parts and is useful for presenting collections of
nonvisual model objects.

The user open the container in one of the following views to work with a set of
objects collected in the container:

 Text and flowed text
   Lists text representations of objects in a single column. The text view
   lists objects in a single column. The flowed text view lists them in
   multiple columns.

 Name and flowed name
   Lists text representations of objects with a small icon of the object
   preceding the text. The name view lists them in multiple columns.

 Icon
   Represents objects as icons, which can be freely positioned or arranged in
   rows within the container.

 Tree (text, name, and icon
   Represents objects hierarchically. Objects capable of containing nested
   objects branch from the root of the container. The text, name, and icon tree
   views represent objects as their corresponding nontree views do. The user
   can expand tree branches to view nested objects.

 Details
   Provides detailed information about each object in the container. The
   information is presented as a table with a row for each object and a column
   for each represented object attribute.

 Related Parts

     Container column

 The IVBContainerControl part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IVBContainerControl - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6. IContainerColumn ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IContainerColumn to add a column to a container in your application. The
column contains information on a particular attribute of each container object.

The user can view the column data for container objects. With modifiable text
data, the user can edit the object attribute.

Related Parts

     Container control

 The IContainerColumn part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IContainerColumn - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16. Frame Extensions Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Frame Extensions category contains parts you can use to build menus. You
can define many different types of menus.

When adding a menu, typically you first add the Menu part to the free-form
surface and then add the other parts of this category to the Menu part.

Parts in this category

           IToolBar

           IToolBarButton

           IMenu

           IMenuItem

           IMenuCascade

           IMenuSeparator

           IInfoArea

           ITitle


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1. IToolBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IToolBar to add a tool bar to your application. A tool bar is a set of
tool function buttons. It is initially located next to the client area of the
frame window it is related to.

The user can click the tool bar buttons to perform the tool functions and can
also drag the tool bar away from the frame window.

Related Parts

     Tool bar buttons

 The IToolBar part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IToolBar - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2. IToolBarButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IToolBarButton to add a tool bar button to a tool bar control in your
application. The tool bar button is a selection button for a tool bar. A
graphic on the tool bar button represents the choice.

The user can click the tool bar button to perform the indicated function.

Related Parts

     Tool bar

 The IToolBarButton part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IToolBarButton - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3. IMenu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenu to add a menu to your application that provides a variety of
action, routing, or settings choices related to an object.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

You can attach the menu to one of the following parts by dropping it on the
menu:

     Frame window  Menu bar (IMenu)

     Menu bar cascade choice  Pull-down menu (ISubmenu)

     Cascade menu choice  Cascade menu (ISubmenu)

     Any object with menu support  Pop-up menu (IPopUpMenu)

 Following is a brief description of each resulting men:

 IMenuBar
   Menu of routing choices for objects in a window. The choices appear in a
   horizontal bar beneath the title bar. Each choice opens a pull-down menu.

 ISubmenu
   Menu of context-sensitive choices for one or more objects. The choices
   appear in a pop-up window near the objects.

 IPopUpMenu
   List of action, routing, and settings choices in a menu opened from another
   menu. The menu is either a pull-down menu opened from a menu bar or a
   cascade menu opened from another menu.

 Related Parts

     Menu item
     Cascade menu
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenu part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMenu - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.4. IMenuItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuItem to add a menu item to a menu in your application.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Cascade menu
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenuItem part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMenuItem - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.5. IMenuCascade ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuCascade to add a cascade menu to a menu in your application. A
cascade menu is a menu selection choice that represents a submenu. As a
high-level menu choice, a submenu contains a a set of closely related menu
choices. Using a submenu keeps menus shorter and defers detailed choices from
the higher-level menu.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenuCascade part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMenuCascade - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.6. IMenuSeparator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuSeparator to add a menu separator to a menu in your application.
This part visually separates menu choice groups in a menu by drawing lines
between menu choices on a menu to mark the beginning or end of a group of
related menu choices.

By seeing the separators between groups, the user can recognize groups of
related menu choices.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Cascade menu
     Information area

 The IMenuSeparator part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 Note:  There are no settable attributes. for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.7. IInfoArea ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IInfoArea to add an information area at the bottom of a frame window in
your application. An information area displays brief information about a
selected menu choice or reports successful completion of a selected action.

The user can read help information in the information area without opening
another window for help.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Cascade menu
     Menu separator

 The IInfoArea part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IInfoArea - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.8. ITitle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ITitle to change a frame window title after creating a window part in
your application. Otherwise, the user can only view title changes when made by
your application.

The user can change the title if your application provides this capability
through other controls.

Related Parts

     Frame window

 The ITitle part is in the Frame Extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IToolBar - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17. Sliders Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Sliders category contains parts you can use to to add a control that
<high-level description forthcoming>

Parts in this category

           IProgressIndicator

           ISlider

           ICircularSlider

           IScrollBar


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1. IProgressIndicator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IProgressIndicator to add a progress indicator to your application that
provides a visual measure of the progress of a task. A horizontal or vertical
shaft represents the task. A progress indicator is particularly useful for
tasks that take significantly longer to complete.

An arm moves along the shaft to show the progress of the task. The arm starts
at one end of the shaft, called the home position, and reaches the other end
when the task finished. The shaft can be colored between the home position and
the arm to emphasize the progress of the task. This colored portion of the
shaft is called a ribbon strip.

The user can see the progress of the task by watching the progress indicator.
If your application provides a push button with cancel support, the user can
end the task.  to add a slider to your application The user can use the
progress indicator to select from a range of values by moving a slider.

You can set scale features, such as minimum and maximum values and orientation
of the scale (left to right or top to bottom). You can use a scale to display a
percentage value, or to control a volume setting.

Related Parts

     Slider
     Circular slider
     Scroll bar

 The IProgressIndicator part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IProgressIndicator - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2. ISlider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISlider to add a slider to your application that represents a range of
selection values. A horizontal or vertical shaft represents the task, and a
slider arm marks the selected value.

Use a slider part to do the following:

     Provide a range of visually nondiscrete selection values, such as shades
      of visual color

     Provide a range of discrete selection values, such as radio station
      frequencies

     Show a value relative to a range of potential values, such as the current
      temperature on a thermometer

 The user moves the arm along the shaft to change the selected value.

 Related Parts

     Circular slider
     Progress indicator

 The ISlider part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ISlider - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3. ICircularSlider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICircularSlider to add a circular slider to your application that shows
a range of seemingly nondiscrete selection values, such as degrees of
brightness or loudness. A circular dial represents the range of values, and a
slider arm marks the selected value.

The user moves the arm around the dial to change the selected value.

Related Parts

     Circular slider
     Progress indicator

 The ICircularSlider part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ICircularSlider - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4. IScrollBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IScrollBar to add a scroll bar to a viewport in your application. A
scroll bar is a window component consisting of a shaft, a scroll box in the
shaft, and scroll buttons at the ends of the shaft. It is either horizontal or
vertical, indicating the availability of more information in the same
dimension.

With a scroll bar, the user can bring information into view by moving the
scroll box along the shaft in the direction of the additional information. The
user can move the scroll box in any of the following ways:

     Drag it with the mouse.

     Click or press the mouse in the shaft away from the scroll box to pull it
      in that direction.

     Click or press a scroll button to pull the scroll box in the direction of
      the scroll button. This moves the scroll box and view contents by
      increments of either line height or character width.

 Related Parts

     View port

 The IScrollBar part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IScrollBar - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18. Composers Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Composers category contains parts you can use to place other visual parts
in.

Parts in this category

           IMultiCellCanvas

           ISetCanvas

           ISplitCanvas

           IViewPort

           INotebook

           IVBNotebookPage

           ICanvas

           IFrameWindow


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1. IMultiCellCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMultiCellCanvas to add a canvas to your application that displays
information in a set of cells organized in rows and columns. The cells can
contain controls that span the rows and columns.

Use the multiple-cell canvas to add freely arranged canvas cells within one of
the following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A viewport
     A multiple-cell canvas cell
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page
 You can then place other controls within the cells of the multiple-cell
 canvas. If you build the multiple-cell canvas with some expandable rows and
 columns, controls in the cells remain uniformly spaced when the user resizes
 the canvas.

 The cells in a multiple-cell canvas are adjusted for control text of varying
 length, which is important for national language support.

 You can add rows and columns using the pop-up menu for this part.

 The user interacts with the controls that your application places on the
 canvas, not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     View port

 The IMultiCellCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMultiCellCanvas - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2. ISetCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISetCanvas to add a canvas to your application that displays information
in a set of cells organized in rows or columns (the deck).

Use the set canvas to add adjustable canvas cells in rows or columns within one
of the following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A viewport
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page

 You can then place other controls within the cells of the set canvas. For
 example, you can easily arrange a field of push buttons in the cells of a set
 canvas.

 The cells in a set canvas are adjusted for control text of varying length,
 which is important for national language support.

 You can add rows and columns using the pop-up menu for this part.

 The user interacts with controls that your application places in the cells,
 not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Split canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas
     View port

 The ISetCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ISetCanvas - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.3. ISplitCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISplitCanvas to add a canvas to your application that provides split
windows within a framework. A split canvas is a split window into which view
ports or canvases can be placed. A split bar appears between the panes in the
split canvas.

Use the split canvas to provide split windows within one of the following
frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A multiple-cell canvas
     A notebook page
 You can then place another canvas or a view port in each pane of the split
 window.

 The user can move the split bar by pressing mouse button 2 on it and dragging
 it.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas
     View port

 The ISplitCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ISplitCanvas - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4. IViewPort ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IViewPort to add a view port to your application.

Use the view port to add a scrollable view within one of the following
frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A cell of a set canvas
     A multiple-call canvas
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page

 The user interacts with controls that your application places within the view
 port.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas

 The IViewPort part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IViewPort - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.5. INotebook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select INotebook to add a notebook to your application for settings choices or
for information that can be organized into sections. The notebook resembles a
physical notebook. It presents information on pages. The first page of each
section is separated into pages by a divider tab.

You must add an initial page when you first add a notebook. To do this, use the
pop-up menu for the part. You can also add parts to notebook pages, such as
push buttons and entry fields.

The settings view windows in Visual Builder are an example of notebooks.

The user can do the following with a notebook:

     Turn notebook pages by clicking on page buttons
     Move directly from one section to another by selecting a tab
     View or change information by using other controls

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Split canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas
 Parts You Can Add

     Notebook page
     Entry field
     Combination box
     List box
     Group box
     Push button

 The INotebook part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The INotebook - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.6. IVBNotebookPage ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBNotebookPage to add a notebook page to a notebook part to your
application for settings choices or for related information. The notebook page
represents a physical notebook page. It presents information that is generally
related and can have a tab for direct user access.

The user can do the following with a notebook page:

     Turn the page by clicking on page buttons
     View or change information by using other controls

 Related Parts

     Notebook
 Parts You Can Add

     Notebook
     Entry field
     Combination box
     List box
     Group box
     Push button

 The IVBNotebookPage part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IVBNotebookPage - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.7. ICanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICanvas to add a canvas to your application as a background part for the
client area of a frame window. Think of a canvas as a drawing board for the
placement of control parts.

Use the canvas to provide a background within one of the following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A viewport pane
     A notebook page

 You can then place other parts on the canvas. The placement and size of
 controls on a canvas is fixed. They are not adjustable for different display
 resolutions or for national language support.

 The user interacts with controls that your application places on the canvas,
 not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas
     View port

 The ICanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The ICanvas - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.8. IFrameWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFrameWindow to add a frame window as a primary or secondary window in
your application for user interface controls. A primary window is the base
window for your application, and a secondary window can open from the primary
window or from another secondary window. You can arrange other visual parts in
either type of window.

A frame window is displayed by default when you open the Composition Editor for
a visual part.

A frame window can contain the following frame control:

     System menu
     Title bar
     Sizing buttons
     Border
     Menu bar

 The portion of the frame window not occupied by frame controls is called the
 client area. Your application uses the client area for the presentation and
 gathering of application data.

 A client control occupies and manages the client area. Your application
 typically uses one of the following client controls:

     Canvas
     Container
     Multiple-line edit
     Notebook
     View port

 Your application uses these controls, or other controls within them, for most
 user interaction.

 You can also add extensions to the frame window. These frame extensions are
 generally application-specific. A frame extension can occupy one of the
 following areas:

     The left or right side of the title bar area
     The top or bottom of the client area

 The user interacts with your application through the frame window.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multiple-cell canvas
     View port
     Title

 Visual Parts You Can Add

     Container
     Multiple-line edit
     Menu
     Push button
     Scroll bar

 The IFrameWindow part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IFrameWindow - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19. Models Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Models category consists of elementary parts you can use to implement some
of the logic of your application. These parts are nonvisual.

Because these parts are nonvisual, you add connections between them and visual
parts so your application can access the Models category.

Parts in this category

           AvlObjectFactory

           AvlVariable

           IVSequence


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1. AvlObjectFactory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select AvlObjectFactory to add a part that creates instances of a class.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

Use New from the Part menu from the Visual Builder window to create a new part.

Related Parts

     Variable
     Template collection class

 The AvlObjectFactory part is in the Models category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 Note:  There are no settable attributes. for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2. AvlVariable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select AvlVariable to enable your application to work with a part of a given
class but not a particular part.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

When you add a variable to the free-form surface, you specify its class and
connect the variable so that at runtime it receives its identity from a part
elsewhere in your application. At runtime a part of that class takes the place
of the variable.

You can add a variable using the palette, by selecting Add to palette from the
File menu in the Composition Editor. Or you can use Add part from the Options
menu in the Composition Editor.

If you add a variable to the palette, the default class is IStandardNotifier.
However, if you add it using Add part, you can choose the type of class you
want the variable to represent. You can change the class of the variable after
Visual Builder adds it to the free-form surface using the pop-up menu for the
variable part.

The AvlVariable part is in the Models category.

To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

Note:  There are no settable attributes. for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3. IVSequence ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVSequence to add a template collection class part that manages objects
objects in an ordered collection to your application. As an ordered collection
of elements, it can contain a group of related objects. These objects are
ordered by the sequence in which you add them to or remove them from an ordered
collection.

Your application can add objects at either end of the ordered collection. It
can also remove any object from the ordered collection.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

The user interacts with objects in the collection through other parts, such as
list boxes and combination boxes, rather than interacting directly with the
template collection class part.

You can add a template collection class part using the palette, by selecting
Add to palette from the File menu in the Composition Editor. Or you can use Add
part from the Options menu in the Composition Editor.

If you add a template collection class part to the palette, the default class
is IStandardNotifier. However, if you add it using Add part, you can choose the
type of class you want the variable to represent. You can change the class of
the variable after Visual Builder adds it to the free-form surface using the
pop-up menu for the variable part.

Related Parts

     Object factory
     Variable

 Visual Parts You Can Add

     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box

 The IVSequence part is in the Models category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IVSequence - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20. Other Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Other category contains parts you can use to place other visual parts in
that can be used in the OS/2 environment.

Parts in this category

           IHelpWindow

           IMessageBox

           IFileDialog

           IFontDialog

           IFlyText


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.1. IHelpWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IHelpWindow to add a help window that displays help information about
your application. It represents your set of help panels. You can use it for
general and contextual help.

The user can open a help menu from one of the following:

     Help menu
     Help push button
     F1 function key

 Related Parts

     Message box
     Fly-over text

 The IHelpWindow part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IHelpWindow - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2. IMessageBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMessageBox to add a message box to your application that box displays
information about activity or problems. A message box is a window for
displaying application messages to the user.

The user sees the information or error presented in the message. If presented
with a choice, the user can also select an action in response to the message.
You can add push buttons to the message box to give the user such choices.

     Help menu
     Help push button
     F1 function key

 Related Parts

     Message box
     Fly-over text

 The IMessageBox part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IMessageBox - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3. IFileDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFileDialog to add a part that serves as a placeholder for a file dialog
for connections from other parts when you build your application. When your
application is built and run, a file dialog replaces the placeholder. It
provides an input field and other controls for file identification.

Using a file dialog, the user can select a file to work with or specify a file
name for saving current work.

Related Parts

     Frame window
     Menu

 The IFileDialog part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IFileDialog - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.4. IFontDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFontDialog to add a part that serves as a placeholder for a font dialog
for connections from other parts when you build your application. When your
application is built and run, a font dialog replaces the placeholder. It
provides selection fields and other controls for font identification.

Using the font dialog, the user can select a font name, a font size, and font
styles to use with your application.

Related Parts

     Frame window
     Menu

 The IFontDialog part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IFontDialog - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5. IFlyText ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFlyText to add fly-over text for other parts in your application.
Fly-over text is a brief description of a control within the frame window of
your application. This text appears when the user places the mouse pointer on
the control.

The user can access and read help information in the fly-over text without
opening another window for help.

Related Parts

     Help window

 The IFlyText part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for the part, click with mouse button 2 on the
 part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a visual part,
 place an instance of the part on the free-form surface and open the settings
 view window for the part. The IFlyText - Settings window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21. No Settable Attributes Settings view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The settings view of a part provides a way to display and set attributes and
options for the part. This part does not have any available settings. If the
partName field appears in the Settings view window, then the only attribute for
this part that you can change is the actual name of the part.

A part can have no settable attributes for one of the following reasons:

     A default visual representation does not exist that you can use to change
      the value
     The part is read-only because it has a get member function but no set
      member function

      A get member function retrieves the value of an attribute so that it can
      be used by other parts, while a set member function sets a value for the
      attribute in the part. Parts exist whose values should not be changed by
      an application and such parts have a get member function, but no set
      member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22. Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change how a part works and appears, you can open and modify its settings.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1. Common Settings Pages for Most Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Settings Pages Common to Most Parts

The following settings pages are common to most parts that have settings:

     Control page
     Handlers page
     Size/position page
     Font page


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2. General Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following General page settings views are available:

     IAnimatedButton
     IBitmapControl, IIconControl
     ICircularSlider
     ICollectionViewComboBox
     ICollectionViewListBox
     IComboBox
     IContainerControl, IContainerColumn
     IEntryField
     IFileDialog
     IFontDialog
     IFlyText
     IFrameWindow
     IGraphicPushButton
     IGroupBox, IPushButton
     IHelpWindow
     IInfoArea
     IListBox
     IMenu
     IMenuCascade
     IMenuItem
     IMessageBox
     IMultiCellCanvas
     IMultiLineEdit
     INotebook
     IVBNotebookPage
     INumericSpinButton
     IOutlineBox, ICanvas
     IProgressIndicator, ISlider
     IRadioButton, ICheckBox
     IScrollBar
     IVSequence
     ISetCanvas
     ISplitCanvas
     IStaticText
     ITextSpinButton
     ITitle
     IToolBar
     IToolBarButton
     IViewPort


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3. Styles Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following Styles page settings views are available:

     IAnimatedButton
     IBitmapControl
     ICanvas
     ICheckBox
     ICircularSlider
     IComboBox, ICollectionViewComboBox
     IContainerColumn
     IContainerControl
     IEntryField
     IFrameWindow
     IGraphicPushButton
     IGroupBox
     IIconControl
     IListBox, ICollectionViewListBox
     IMenu
     IMultiCellCanvas
     IMultiLineEdit
     INotebook
     IVBNotebookPage
     INumericSpinButton
     IOutlineBox
     IProgressIndicator
     IPushButton
     IRadioButton
     IScrollBar
     ISetCanvas
     ISlider
     ISplitCanvas
     IStaticText
     ITextSpinbutton
     IToolBar
     IToolBarButton
     IViewPort


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.4. Color Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following Color page settings views are available:

     IBitmapControl, IIconControl, IInfoArea, IStaticText
     ICanvas, IMultiCellCanvas, ISetCanvas, IToolBar
     IComboBox, ICollectionViewComboBox, IEntryField
     IFrameWindow
     IGroupBox
     IListBox, ICollectionViewListBox
     IMenu
     IMultiLineEdit
     INotebook
     INumericSpinButton, ITextSpinbutton
     IOutlineBox
     IProgressIndicator, ISlider
     IPushButton, ICheckBox, IGraphicPushButton, IRadioButton
     IScrollBar
     ISplitCanvas
     IToolBarButton
     IViewPort


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.5. IAnimatedButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IAnimatedButton - Settings
Help for IAnimatedButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.6. IBitmapControl - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IBitmapControl - Settings
Help for IBitmapControl

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7. ICanvas - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICanvas - Settings
Help for ICanvas

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8. ICheckBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICheckBox - Settings
Help for ICheckBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.9. ICircularSlider - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICircularSlider - Settings
Help for ICircularSlider

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10. ICollectionViewComboBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICollectionViewComboBox - Settings
Help for ICollectionViewComboBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.11. ICollectionViewListBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICollectionViewListBox - Settings
Help for ICollectionViewListBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.12. IComboBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IComboBox - Settings
Help for IComboBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.13. IContainerColumn - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IContainerColumn - Settings
Help for IContainerColumn

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Styles

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.14. ICustomButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICustomButton - Settings

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.15. IEntryField - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IEntryField - Settings
Help for IEntryField

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.16. IFrameWindow - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IFrameWindow - Settings
Help for IFrameWindow

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.17. IGraphicPushButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IGraphicPushButton - Settings
Help for IGraphicPushButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.18. IGroupBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IGroupBox - Settings
Help for IGroupBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.19. IHelpWindow - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IHelpWindow - Settings
Help for IHelpWindow

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.20. IIconControl - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IIconControl - Settings
Help for IIconControl

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.21. IInfoArea - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IInfoArea - Settings
Help for IInfoArea

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Color
    Handlers
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.22. IListBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IListBox - Settings
Help for IListBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.23. IMenu - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenu - Settings
Help for IMenu

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Styles
    Color

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.24. IMenuCascade - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenuCascade - Settings
Help for IMenuCascade

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.25. IMenuItem - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenuItem - Settings
Help for IMenuItem

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.26. IMenuSeparator - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenuSeparator - Settings
Help for IMenuSeparator

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.27. IMessageBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMessageBox - Settings
Help for IMessageBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.28. IMMPlayerPanel - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMMPlayerPanel - Settings

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.29. IMultiCellCanvas - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMultiCellCanvas - Settings
Help for IMultiCellCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.30. IMultiLineEdit - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMultiLineEdit - Settings
Help for IMultiLineEdit

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.31. INotebook - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

INotebook - Settings
Help for INotebook

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.32. INumericSpinButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

INumericSpinButton - Settings
Help for INumericSpinButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.33. IOutlineBox - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IOutlineBox - Settings
Help for IOutlineBox

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.34. IProgressIndicator - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IProgressIndicator - Settings
Help for IProgressIndicator

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.35. IPushButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IPushButton - Settings
Help for IPushButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.36. IRadioButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IRadioButton - Settings
Help for IRadioButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.37. IScrollBar - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IScrollBar - Settings
Help for IScrollBar

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.38. ISetCanvas - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISetCanvas - Settings
Help for ISetCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.39. ISlider - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISlider - Settings
Help for ISlider

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.40. ISplitCanvas - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISplitCanvas - Settings
Help for ISplitCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.41. IStaticText - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IStaticText - Settings
Help for IStaticText

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.42. ITextSpinButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ITextSpinButton - Settings
Help for ITextSpinButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.43. ITitle - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ITitle - Settings
Help for ITitle

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.44. IToolBar - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IToolBar - Settings
Help for IToolBar

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.45. IToolBarButton - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IToolBarButton - Settings
Help for IToolBarButton

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.46. IVBContainerControl - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBContainerControl - Settings
Help for IVBContainerControl

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.47. IVBFileDialog - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFileDialog - Settings
Help for IVBFileDialog

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.48. IVBFlyText - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFlyText - Settings
Help for IVBFlyText

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Handlers
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.49. IVBFontDialog - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFontDialog - Settings
Help for IVBFontDialog

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.50. IVBNotebookPage - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBNotebookPage - Settings
Help for IVBNotebookPage

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Styles

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.51. IViewPort - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IViewPort - Settings
Help for IViewPort

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General
    Control
    Styles
    Handlers
    Color
    Size/Position
    Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.52. IVSequence - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVSequence - Settings
Help for IVSequence

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

    General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Latched Sets the part to the latched state.

 Animation rate Sets the current animation rate for the part.

 Bitmap Specifies the bitmap to be used.

 Identifier list Sets a list of identifers for the part.

 DLL name Specifies the name of the resource .dll that contains the bitmap.

 Resource ID Specifies the resource identifier of the bitmap.

 Bitmap count Specifies the number of bitmaps to be used.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 animateWhenLatched Sets the style for the part to the latched state.

 latchable Sets the default style to the latchable state.

 autoLatch Sets the default style for the part the automatic latch state.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 DLL name Sets the name of the DLL file to be loaded.

 Resource Id Sets the resource identifier for the part.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.

 Alignment Changes the alignment of the part.

 Word wrap Enables word wrap of text around at the end of a line.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 sizeToBitmap Sizes the window to the size of the currently set bitmap.

 mnemonic Draws the next character with mnemonic emphasis if a mnemonic prefix
   character is found.

 fillBackground Erases the background, using the currently set fill color
   before drawing the text.

 halftone Draws the text in halftone color.

 strikeout Draws the text with overstriking.

 underscore Draws the text with underscoring.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Disabled foreground
             Sets the foreground color for disabled text.

   Highlighted foreground
             Sets the foreground color for selected text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Size/Position Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 X field Sets the X coordinate of the part if it is not the client part.

 Y field Sets the Y coordinate of the part if it is not the client part.

 Width Sets the width of the canvas, if it is not the client part.

 Height Sets the height of the canvas, if it is not the client part.

 Minimum size Determines the minimum size of the part.

   Select Calculate at execution time or Set value here. If you select
   Calculate at execution time, the minimum size is determined dynamically. If
   you select Set value here, you can set the Minimum size Width and Height
   fields to define a fixed minimum size.

 Width Sets the minimum-allowable width, which is set by the user's class.

 Height Sets the minimum-allowable height, which is set by the user's class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 autoSelect Lets the user change the current selection by moving the cursor.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 buttons Sets the the style for the circular slider buttons.

 displayValue Displays the currently selected value on the dial for the part.

 jumpToPointer Sets the value to the point you select on the dial by clicking
   on it.

 full360 Sets the dial so the user can turn it up to 360 degrees.

 midpoint Displays a mark at the midpoint on the dial.

 proportionalTicks Sets the tick marks to be porportional to the values
   possible on the dial.

 noTicks Does not display tick marks on the dial.

 circularArm Sets the indicator to appear as a dial.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Lower Sets the lower range of the slider dial.

 Upper Sets the higher range of the slider dial.

 Rotation increment Sets the incremental value by which the user can rotate the
   dial by turning it with the mouse.

 Current value Sets the current incremental value by which the user can rotate
   the dial.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Item type Specifies the part type of objects in the collection.

 Contents Sets initial items for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Selection index Sets the index of the specified choice.

 Auto scroll Enables automatic scrolling for the part.

 Margin Draws a border around the entry field, with a margin between the border
   and the entry field. For a canvas, the margin width and height are returned,
   which is the space between the edge of the canvas and the outermost child
   windows.

 Auto tab Generates a tab key when the part is filled by adding a character at
   the text limit of the part text.

 Insert mode Sets insert mode to on.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.

 Combo box type Sets the behavior of the combination box, which can be one of
   the following:

   Simple
          Specifies that the entry field and list box controls are visible.
          When the selection changes in the list box control, the text of the
          selected item in the list box control is placed in the entry field.
          You can also select an item from the list box control by entering
          part of the item into the entry field. The entry is completed with
          the closest match from the list box.

   Drop-down
          Specifies the drop-down variation of the combination box. The list
          box control is hidden until the user requests that it be displayed.

   Read-only drop-down
          Specifies the drop-down list variation of the combination box. The
          drop-down list only displays one item in the entry field until the
          user displays the list box control to make alternative selections
          from the list box. The user cannot enter information into the entry
          field portion of the drop-down list. The entry field control is
          replaced by a static control that displays the current selection from
          the list box.

 Character type Sets the type of a character at a given index.

 Contents Sets initial items for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 horizontalScroll Provides a horizontal scroll bar for the part.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Heading text Sets the text for the column heading.

 Width Sets the container column width.

 Column definition Sets the data to appear in the column.

 Use Text attribute set in the Container Sets the title text to show for the
   container item.

 Use Icon attribute set in the Container Sets the icon to show for the
   container item.

 Use an attribute from the part Sets the attribute to show for the container
   item.

 Attributes Lists the available text-related attributes that you can select
   from to assign to the column.

 Attribute type Displays the data type of the selected attribute.

 Column type Lists the available column data types for the selected attribute.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultHeadingStyle() Resets the part to the original default heading style.

 readOnlyHeading Prevents entering input into the heading field.

 icon The heading is an icon.

 defaultDataStyle() Resets the part to the original default data style.

 date The data is displayed in date format and is enabled for National Language
   Support.

 time The data is displayed in time format and is enabled for National Language
   Support.

 number The data is displayed as an unsigned long number.

 horizontalSeparator Provides a horizontal separator beneath the column
   heading.

 verticalSeparator Provides a vertical separator after the column.

 handleDrawItem Generates a draw item event to allow the application to draw
   the part.

 readOnly Prevents entering input into the field.

 invisible The column is invisible.

 icon The data is an icon.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Title Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part.

 Title attributes Sets the title for the container.

 Container item attributes Specifies the objects that the container can hold.

 Show title Shows the container's title.

 Show title separator Displays a horizontal separator between the title and the
   work area of a container part.

 Title alignment Sets the alignment attributes for the title.

 View type Sets the view type for the part, which can be one of the following:

   Details view
             Shows the details view of the container.

   Flowed name view
             Sets the current view to the flowed name view.

   Flowed text view
             Sets the current view to the flowed name view.

   Icon view
             Shows the icon view of the container.

   Name view
             Shows the name view of the container.

   Text view
             Sets the current view to the nonflowed text view.

   Tree icon view
             Shows the tree icon view of the container.

   Tree name view
             Shows the tree name view of the container.

   Tree text view
             Shows the text name view of the container.

 Item type Specifies the part type of objects in the collection.

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Icon Sets the icon handle of the part.

 Collection type Specifies the part type of the collection.

 Line spacing Sets the space between lines, in pixels.

 Refresh the container after changes Refreshes all parts in the container after
   updates are made.

 EnableDrawBackground Enables the background of the container to be redrawn.

 EnableDrawItem Enables list box items to be drawn, which are typically used to
   display bitmaps.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 autoPosition Automatically positions parts that are added to the container in
   the icon view.

 verifyPointers Validates that container parts exist.

 noSharedObjects Disallows sharing objects with other containers.

 extendedSelection Specifies that the container use extended selection.

 singleSelection Specifies that the container use single selection.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Control Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Fly over short text Specifies the short text for the fly-over text control.

 Fly over long text Specifies the long text for the fly-over text control.

 Window id Sets the window identifier.

 Help panel id Sets the help panel identifier for the part.

 Enabled Enables the handler by default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Latched Sets the part to the latched state.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Latched foreground
             Sets the foreground color for latched text.

   Latched background
             Sets the background color for latched text.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 latchable Sets the default style to the latchable state.

 autoLatch Sets the default style for the part the automatic latch state.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 unreadable Substitutes each character in the text with an asterisk.

 autoScroll Enables automatic scrolling for the part. The entry field
   automatically makes more space at the end of the line as the user enters
   more text.

 autoTab Generates a tab key when the part is filled by adding a character at
   the text limit of the part text.

 command Generates a command event when the user selects the part.

 margin Sets the style so that a border is drawn around the entry field.

 readOnly Prevents entering input into the field.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.

 Insert mode Sets insert mode to on.

 Alignment Changes the text alignment of the part. Left aligns the text to the
   left, Center centers the text, and Right aligns the text at the right.

 Character type Sets the type of a character at a given index.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Disabled foreground
             Sets the foreground color for disabled text.

   Highlighted foreground
             Sets the foreground color for selected text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Owner Sets the window's owner.

 Title Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part.

 File type (EA type) Sets the file type selected by the user.

 File name Sets the fully qualified file name selected by the user.

 OK button text Sets the text that appears on the OK button.

 Search Lets the user search for the file name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Owner Sets the window's owner.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Font Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the font.

 Point size Sets the point size of the font.

 Style Sets the style for the part.

 Emphasis Gives the part emphasis. If a part is specified, the emphasis is
   drawn around the part.

 Edit Opens an edit field on a part or setting.

 Default font Sets the current default font style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Owner Sets the window's owner.

 Title Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part.

 Font family name Sets the family name of the font.

 Preview text Sets the text to display in the font sample box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 accelerator Saves the current accelerator and changes to the new accelerator.

 animated Shows the frame window with animation when the user opens, closes, or
   restores it.

 appDBCSStatus Includes a DBCS status area in the frame of the frame window
   when displayed in a DBCS environment.

 border Draws a border around the frame window, or sets the color of the border
   that surrounds the button window.

 dialogBackground Gives a frame the background color for the system dialog.

 dialogBorder Puts a dialog border around the frame window.

 hideButton Adds a hide button to the frame window.

 horizontalScroll Provides a horizontal scroll bar for the part.

 maximizeButton Adds a maximize button to the frame window.

 menuBar Provides the frame window with a menu bar.

 minimizeButton Adds a minimize button to the frame window.

 noMoveWithOwner Disables the default behavior of automatically moving frame
   windows with their owner.

 shellPosition Sets the initial position of the window to a location and size
   dictated by the system shell.

 sizingBorder Puts a sizing border around the frame window.

 systemMenu Provides a system menu in the frame window.

 systemModal Makes the part system-modal.

 titleBar Provides a title bar for the frame window.

 verticalScroll Provides a vertical scroll bar for the part.

 windowList Adds an entry for this frame window to the sytem window list.

 maximized Creates the frame window in the maximized state.

 minimized Creates the frame window in the minimized state.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Title text Sets the title text for the part.

 Border width Sets the screen coordinates for the width of the border of the
   frame window.

 Border height Sets the screen coordinates for the height of the border of the
   frame window.

 Auto delete Removes the specified item from the menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Shadow
             Sets the color of the frame window's shadow.

   Disabled background
             Sets the background color for disabled text.

   Active
             Sets the color to be used for the frame window's border when the
             frame window is active.

   Inactive
             Sets the color to be used for the frame window's border when the
             frame window is inactive.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border drawn around the children of the
             frame window.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 DLL name Sets the name of the DLL file to be loaded.

 Resource ID Sets the name of the DLL and resource identifier for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 sizeToGraphic Sizes the window to the size of the currently set graphic.

 noBorder Suppresses the drawing of a border.

 defaultButton Specifies this push button as the default push button.

 Help Enables help for the part.

 systemCommand Generates a system command event when the user selects the part.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the static text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Handlers Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Handler name Sets the name of the default handler.

 Handler list Sets the name of the handler for the MLE control.

 Add after Adds the new choice after the selected choice in the list. If no
   choice is selected, the new choice is added after the first choice in the
   list.

 Add before Adds the new choice before the selected choice in the list. If no
   choice is selected, the new choice is added before the first choice in the
   list.

 Move Determines whether a part and its descendants can be moved to a new
   location.

 Remove Removes one item from the part and returns the count of the number of
   items that remain.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Title Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part.

 Help libraries Sets the name of one or more compiled help (.hlp) files that
   make up the help library.

 Help table ID Sets the name of the help table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 mnemonic Draws the next character with mnemonic emphasis if a mnemonic prefix
   character is found.

 fillBackground Erases the background, using the currently set fill color
   before drawing the text.

 halftone Draws the text in halftone color.

 strikeout Draws the text with overstriking.

 underscore Draws the text with underscoring.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Inactive text Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user
   has not selected a menu choice.

 Disabled text Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user
   selects a disabled a menu choice.

 Missing text Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user
   selects a menu choice where no information area text has been defined.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 Draw item Allows the menu item to be drawn.

 horizontalScroll Provides a horizontal scroll bar for the part.

 multipleSelect Sets the style of the part to multiple selection mode.

 noAdjustPosition Restricts adjustment of the frame position of the part. As a
   result, certain aspects of enhanced performance by such alignment are lost.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Contents Sets initial items for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Disabled foreground
             Sets the foreground color for disabled text.

   Highlighted foreground
             Sets the foreground color for selected text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Controls Defines the name of all rows and columns that appear on the multicell
   canvas, and sets how many rows and columns to display.

 Rows Sets the number and height of rows, and whether or not their height can
   be adjusted.

 Columns Sets the number and width of columns, and whether or not they can be
   widened.

 Add Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas.

 Add after Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas after the the selected
   row or column.

 Add before Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas before the the
   selected row or column.

 Delete Deletes the selected row or column from the canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 dragLines Adds draggable grid lines between the rows and columns of the
   multicell canvas.

 gridLines Adds grid lines between the rows and columns of the multicell
   canvas.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Disabled foreground
             Sets the foreground color for disabled text.

   Highlighted foreground
             Sets the foreground color for selected text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

   Disabled background
             Sets the background color for disabled text.

   Highlighted background
             Sets the background color for selected text.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Info area text Specifies the text to appear in the information area for this
   part.

 Help panel id Sets the help panel identifier for the part.

 Menu item type Sets the type of the menu item.

 Text Sets the text of the menu item.

 DLL name Sets the name of the DLL for the menu item.

 Resource ID Sets the resource identifier for the menu item.

 Alt Sets the accelerator for the Alt key.

 Ctrl Sets the accelerator for the Ctrl key.

 Shift Sets the accelerator for the Shift key.

 Key Allows selection of an accelerator key.

 Show text on menu Shows the text for the accelerator key with the menu item.

 Command type Generates a command event when the user selects the part.

 Checked Places a check mark to the left of the menu item.

 Disabled Makes the menu item unselectable.

 Framed Places a frame around the menu item.

 Highlighted Highlights the menu item.

 No dismiss upon selection Keeps the menu item visible after selection.

 Selectable Makes the menu item selectable.

 Draw item Allows the menu item to be drawn.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Info area text Specifies the text to appear in the information area for this
   part.

 Menu item type Sets the type of the menu item.

 Text Sets the text of the menu item.

 DLL name Sets the name of the DLL for the menu item.

 Resource ID Sets the resource identifier for the menu item.

 Conditional cascade Enables the conditional cascade menu behavior.

 Checked Places a check mark to the left of the menu item.

 Disabled Makes the menu item unselectable.

 Framed Places a frame around the menu item.

 Highlighted Highlights the menu item.

 No dismiss upon selection Keeps the menu item visible after selection.

 Selectable Makes the menu item selectable.

 Draw item Allows the menu item to be drawn.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Part name Sets the name of the part.

 Title Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part.

 Owner Sets the window's owner.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 border Draws a border around the frame window, or sets the color of the border
   that surrounds the button window.

 readOnly Prevents entering input into the field.

 horizontalScroll Provides a horizontal scroll bar for the part.

 verticalScroll Provides a vertical scroll bar for the part.

 ignoreTab Sets the MLE so it ignore tab key strokes. The function sends a
   keyboard event to the owner of the MLE.

 wordWrap Sets the word-wrap style for the part.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the part.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Layout Defines the placement and layout of the part.

 Binding Sets the type of binding used for the notebook.

 tabShape Sets the shape of the notebook tabs.

 Preview Lets you preview the text, which displays in the current font.

 Justification Defines the alignment for the text in the status line for the
   notebook.

 Tab Defines the alignment for the text in the tabs for the notebook.

 Width Sets the width of the arrow push button on the notebook page.

 Height Sets the height of the arrow push button on the notebook page.

 Width Sets the size (width) of the major tabs in the notebook, in pixels.

 Height Sets the size (height) of the major tabs in the notebook, in pixels.

 Width Sets the size (width) of the minor tabs in the notebook, in pixels.

 Height Sets the size (height) of the minor tabs in the notebook, in pixels.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Page background
             Sets the color of the page background.

   Major tab background
             Sets the color of the background for the major tab.

   Major tab foreground
             Sets the color of the foreground for the major tab.

   Minor tab background
             Sets the color of the background for the minor tab.

   Minor tab foreground
             Sets the color of the foreground for the minor tab.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 statusTextOn Sets the text of the status line associated with this notebook
   page.

 minorTab Specifies that the tab is associated with a minor tab.

 majorTab Specifies that the tab is associated with a major tab.

 noAttribute Restricts the tab from being associated with an attribute.

 autoPageSize Automatically sets the size of the notebook page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Tab text Sets the text for the notebook tab.

 Status text Sets the text for the status area of the notebook page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 padWithZeros Pads the displayed number with zeros at the front.

 readOnly Prevents entering input into the field.

 noBorder Suppresses the drawing of a border.

 fastSpin Enables the spin button to increase the spin speed with time. The
   speed doubles every two seconds.

 master Specifies that the spin button component consists of:

       One or more single-line entry fields (SLE) or spin fields
       Two arrows-the Up arrow and the Down arrow

   When a spin button contains more than one spin field, the master component
   contains the spin arrows. If the component contains only one spin field, it
   must be the master.

 servant Allows the user to create a multiple-field spin button by spinning
   servants from the master.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Outline type Sets the type of outline.

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 horizontal Creates a horizontal scroll bar. This style is ignored if it is
   used with vertical.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas horizontally in rows from
   left to right. Decks of rows are arranged from top to bottom.

 snapToTickMark Specifies that the progress indicator arm snap to the nearest
   tick when moved between two ticks.

 ribbonStrip Sets the default ribbonStrip style.

 handleDrawItem Generates a draw item event to allow the application to draw
   the part.

 vertical Creates a vertical scroll bar. This style is used if both it and
   horizontal are specified.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas vertically in columns from
   top to bottom. Decks of columns are arranged from left to right.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Number of ticks Sets the number of ticks.

 Ticks Sets the position of the arm as a tick number. Ticks are numbered
   starting at zero.

 Pixels Sets the offset of the arm from the home position.

 Home position Sets the home position of the progress indicator.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border drawn around the children of the
             frame window.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 noBorder Suppresses the drawing of a border.

 defaultButton Specifies this push button as the default push button.

 Help Enables help for the part.

 systemCommand Generates a system command event when the user selects the part.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Selected Sets the selection state of the item to selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 noCursorSelect Enables selection of the part when the user uses the cursor.

 autoSelect Lets the user change the current selection by moving the cursor.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the part.

 Lower Sets the length of the scroll bar.

 Upper Sets the width of the scroll bar.

 Visible Count Sets the amount of the scrollable range that is displayed.

 Scroll box position Sets the current position of the scroll bar.

 Color selection Sets the minimum amount of the scrollable range that the user
   can scroll by selecting the scroll buttons.

 Page scroll increment Sets the amount of the scrollable range that is scrolled
   by selecting the scroll shaft.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Highlighted foreground
             Sets the foreground color for selected text.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the scroll bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 autoSize Enables automatic sizing of the scroll bar. For a vertical scroll
   bar, the width is determined. For a horizontal scroll bar, the height is
   determined.

 horizontal Creates a horizontal scroll bar. This style is ignored if it is
   used with vertical.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas horizontally in rows from
   left to right. Decks of rows are arranged from top to bottom.

 vertical Creates a vertical scroll bar. This style is used if both it and
   horizontal are specified.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas vertically in columns from
   top to bottom. Decks of columns are arranged from left to right.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the part.

 Deck orientation Sets the current orientation of the deck of child windows.

 Pack type Sets how parts are spaced in decks.

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Deck count Sets the maximum number of decks used by the canvas.

 Width Specifies the width of the margin. It is half a character and is based
   on the current font being used for the entry field text.

 Height Specifies the height of the margin. It is half a character and is based
   on the current font being used for the entry field text.

 Width Sets the pad width, which is the space between child windows in a deck
   and between multiple decks.

 Height Sets the pad height, which is the space between child windows in a deck
   and between multiple decks.

 Alignment Changes the alignment of the part.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 horizontalDecks Sets the orientation of the deck of child windows to
   horizontal.

 verticalDecks Sets the orientation of the deck of child windows to vertical.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Item type Specifies the part type of objects in the collection.

 Collection type Specifies the part type of the collection.

 String generator Specifies the name of a string generator class that produces
   text to represent objects in the collection.

 Auto scroll Enables automatic scrolling for the part.

 Margin Draws a border around the entry field, with a margin between the border
   and the entry field. For a canvas, the margin width and height are returned,
   which is the space between the edge of the canvas and the outermost child
   windows.

 Auto tab Generates a tab key when the part is filled by adding a character at
   the text limit of the part text.

 Insert mode Sets insert mode to on.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.

 Combo box type Sets the behavior of the combination box, which can be one of
   the following:

   Simple
          Specifies that the entry field and list box controls are visible.
          When the selection changes in the list box control, the text of the
          selected item in the list box control is placed in the entry field.
          You can also select an item from the list box control by entering
          part of the item into the entry field. The entry is completed with
          the closest match from the list box.

   Drop-down
          Specifies the drop-down variation of the combination box. The list
          box control is hidden until the user requests that it be displayed.

   Read-only drop-down
          Specifies the drop-down list variation of the combination box. The
          drop-down list only displays one item in the entry field until the
          user displays the list box control to make alternative selections
          from the list box. The user cannot enter information into the entry
          field portion of the drop-down list. The entry field control is
          replaced by a static control that displays the current selection from
          the list box.

 Character type Sets the type of a character at a given index.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Item type Specifies the part type of objects in the collection.

 Collection type Specifies the part type of the collection.

 String generator Specifies the name of a string generator class that produces
   text to represent objects in the collection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Size/Position Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 X field Sets the X coordinate of the part.

 Y field Sets the Y coordinate of the point.

 Width Sets the width of the text.

 Height Sets the height of the text.

 Minimum size Determines the minimum size of the part.

   Select Calculate at execution time or Set value here. If you select
   Calculate at execution time, the minimum size is determined dynamically. If
   you select Set value here, you can set the Minimum size Width and Height
   fields to define a fixed minimum size.

 Width Sets the minimum-allowable width, which is set by the user's class.

 Height Sets the minimum-allowable height, which is set by the user's class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 buttonsTop Aligns the push buttons with the top side of the part.

 buttonsBottom Aligns the push buttons with the bottom side of the part.

 buttonsLeft Aligns the push buttons with the left side of the part.

 buttonsRight Aligns the push buttons with the right side of the part.

 horizontal Creates a horizontal scroll bar. This style is ignored if it is
   used with vertical.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas horizontally in rows from
   left to right. Decks of rows are arranged from top to bottom.

 snapToTickMark Specifies that the progress indicator arm snap to the nearest
   tick when moved between two ticks.

 ribbonStrip Sets the default ribbonStrip style.

 handleDrawItem Generates a draw item event to allow the application to draw
   the part.

 vertical Creates a vertical scroll bar. This style is used if both it and
   horizontal are specified.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas vertically in columns from
   top to bottom. Decks of columns are arranged from left to right.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Alignment Changes the text alignment of the part. Left aligns the text to the
   left, Center centers the text, and Right aligns the text at the right.

 Numeric range Sets a range of values for an attribute of the part. The Lower
   field sets the lower limit of the range for a spin button part, while the
   Upper field sets the upper limit.

 Value Sets the current value for the spin button.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Disabled foreground
             Sets the foreground color for disabled text.

   Border
             Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the part.

 Orientation Sets the current orientation of the canvas.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   SplitBarEdgeColor
             Sets the top and bottom edges of a horizontal split bar or the
             left and right edges of a vertical split bar.

   SplitBarMiddleColor
             Sets the middle of the split bar.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 horizontal Creates a horizontal scroll bar. This style is ignored if it is
   used with vertical.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas horizontally in rows from
   left to right. Decks of rows are arranged from top to bottom.

 vertical Creates a vertical scroll bar. This style is used if both it and
   horizontal are specified.

   A deck of child windows is arranged in the canvas vertically in columns from
   top to bottom. Decks of columns are arranged from left to right.

 noSplitBars If specified, the split canvas has no split bars.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 mnemonic Draws the next character with mnemonic emphasis if a mnemonic prefix
   character is found.

 fillBackground Erases the background, using the currently set fill color
   before drawing the text.

 halftone Draws the text in halftone color.

 underscore Draws the text with underscoring.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Limit Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold.

 Alignment Changes the alignment of the part.

 Word wrap Enables word wrap of text around at the end of a line.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text. that surrounds the part

   Fill
             Sets the color for the area of the part that is not occupied by
             text

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the static text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Alignment Changes the text alignment of the part. Left aligns the text to the
   left, Center centers the text, and Right aligns the text at the right.

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Contents Sets initial items for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 readOnly Prevents entering input into the field.

 noBorder Suppresses the drawing of a border.

 Fast spin Increases the spin speed of the part.

 master Specifies that the spin button component consists of:

       One or more single-line entry fields (SLE) or spin fields
       Two arrows-the Up arrow and the Down arrow

   When a spin button contains more than one spin field, the master component
   contains the spin arrows. If the component contains only one spin field, it
   must be the master.

 servant Allows the user to create a multiple-field spin button by spinning
   servants from the master.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Owner Sets the window's owner.

 Object text Sets the initial title text.

 View text Sets the name of the view for the title bar.

 View number Sets the number of the view for the title bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Floating title Sets the title text of the floating frame window.

 Group with preceding tool bar Specifies that the tool bar should be grouped
   with the preceding tool bar.

 Location Sets the location of the tool bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).

 Text Sets the text for the part.

 Latched Sets the part to the latched state.

 DLL name Specifies the name of the resource .dll that contains the bitmap.

 Resource ID Specifies the resource identifier of the bitmap.

 Type list Lists the available predefined actions that you can associate with
   the button when it is in the latched state.

 Select from type list Enables the Type list so you can select and associate an
   available predefined action with the button when it is in the latched state.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Color area Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

   Foreground
             Sets the color for foreground text.

   Background
             Sets the color for background text.

   Latched foreground
             Sets the foreground color for latched text.

   Latched background
             Sets the background color for latched text.

 Color selection Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

   Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
   you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.

 Color values Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed
   default if no color for the area has been set.

 RGB values Sets the color values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Control Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Fly over short text Specifies the short text for the fly-over text control.

 Fly over long text Specifies the long text for the fly-over text control.

 Help panel id Sets the help panel identifier for the part.

 Enabled Enables the handler by default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 latchable Sets the default style to the latchable state.

 autoLatch Sets the default style for the part the automatic latch state.

 noPointerFocus Allows the cursor stay on a control for which information is
   required, rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not
   set the focus to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse.
   This has no effect on keyboard interaction.

 group Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls
   in the group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings
   that are constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored
   and when the last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns the
   first control in the group.

 tabStop Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 buttonBitmapVisible Sets the the style so that the bitmap is displayed.

 buttonTextVisible Sets the the style so that text is displayed.

 buttonBitTextVisible Sets the the style so that both the bitmap and text are
   displayed.

 noDragDrop Disables the dragging of a tool bar, the objects that reside within
   the tool bar (such as a tool bar button), and drops on the tool bar buttons.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.

 filterMisfits Sets the style so that misfits are filtered in or out based on
   the orientation of the tool bar and the current tool bar style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Name Sets the name of the part.

 Width Sets the width of the window.

 Height Sets the height of the window.

 Subpart name Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 defaultStyle() Resets the part to the original default style.

 noViewWindowFill If specified, the view port does not clear out the view
   window before redrawing as the window is scrolled. The view window assumes
   responsibility to repaint its entire rectangle. This can optimize redrawing
   the view window.

 clipChildren Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when
   drawing in the window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent
   window. When a parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls
   whether the invalidated region of the parent window includes the area
   occupied by its children, thus preventing a window from painting over its
   child windows.

 clipSiblings Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple
   siblings are displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same
   parent window. Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you
   want displayed on top of the other siblings, in Z-order.

 clipToParent Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the
   window boundary of its parent.

 saveBits Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the
   area under the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the
   window, when necessary.

 synchPaint Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting
   only occurs if there are no other events waiting to be processed.

 visible Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as
   visible, and frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23. Attribute-to-Attribute Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute-to-attribute connection - settings window to change the
source or target of a connection.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Attributes

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connections and close the window.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.

 Select Reverse to switch which part is the source and which is the target.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.1. Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Attribute field shows the current source attribute and the current target
attribute for the attribute-to-attribute connection.

To update the connection, select a new source attribute or a new target
attribute from the Attribute list. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.

To switch which part is the source and which is the target, select Reverse. The
attribute value of the source part is used to set the value of the target when
it is initialized.

Only those attribute that are valid targets for the source appear in the target
list. If the source is a parameter, the target attribute must have a get
function. If the source attribute is not a parameter, the target attribute must
have a set function.

Reverse is disabled when the following conditions exist:

     The source attribute is a parameter. (Parameters must be the source.)
     The source attribute has no set function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24. Event-to-Action Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event-to-Action Connection - Settings window to change the event or
action of a an event-to-action connection.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Event
     Action

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connection features and close the
 window.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.

 Select Set parameters to specify parameter values that are constant.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.1. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Event field shows the current event for the event-to-action connection.

To update the connection, select a new source event from the Event list or a
new target from the Action list, or both. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.2. Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Action field shows the current action for the event-to-action connection.

To update the connection, select a new source event from the Event list and a
new target from the Action list, or both. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.3. Set Parameters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you select the Set parameters push button on the Event-to-Action
Connection - Settings window, the Constant Parameter Value Settings window
opens. Use this window to specify parameter values that are constant for the
connection. The fields provided in this window depend on the type and number of
connections defined by the action.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25. Constant Parameter Value Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In each parameter entry field, enter the constant value to be assigned to the
specified parameter connection at run time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26. Event-to-Member Function Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event-to-member function connection - Settings window to create a
connection that will call a member function whenever a specified event occurs.

Event-to-member function connections cause a member function to run whenever
the connected event occurs. For example, an event-to-member function connection
might connect the buttonClickEvent event of a push button to a member function
that you want to run when a user clicks on the push button. The member function
must be a member of the class that you are developing, either by being
inherited from a base class or by being included in the user .hpv or .cpv
files.

Event-to-member function connections provide an easy way to incorporate
standard member functions into an application that you are building visually.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Event
     Member function connection

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connection features and close the
 window.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.

 Select Set parameters to specify parameter values that are constant.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.1. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Event field lists the currently available events for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2. Member Function Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Member function connection to specify the member function
that you want to connect the event to.

Fields

     For class
     Access.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2.1. For Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the For class field to filter the list of member functions
displayed. This field initially contains the name of the class that you are
currently editing. However, if you opened the browser data before displaying
this window, you can see a list of the classes that your part inherits from in
the drop-down list box below the field. Select one of those classes to display
the member functions it contains in the list box at the bottom of the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2.2. Access ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Access drop-down list box to specify the access level (public
protected, or private) for the member function you want to see in the list.

You must open the browser data to see a list of member functions. *


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Module Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Module name field, enter the name of the dynamic link library (.dll)
where the graphic resources are stored. You can use this DLL to store both
bitmap and icon resources.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the ID field, enter an integer that identifies the label graphic in the
resource file (.dll) you specified in Module name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Shading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Shading field, select the intensity of shading that you want for the
part:

 Light          Specify light shading
 Normal         Specify medium or normal shading, which is the default
 Dark           Specify dark or heavy shading


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Type of Graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Type of graphic box, select the type of graphic you want to display
for the part:

 Icon           An icon graphic (the default).

 Bitmap         A bitmap graphic.

 None           A folder with no text is displayed for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27. Add Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add part window to retrieve a part and drop it on the free-form
surface. You can use this window to add parts that do not already appear on the
parts palette or when the parts palette is not in view.

To use this window, you need to know the name of the class that identifies the
part. For example, you can create a part that you want to use once or twice
without having to add it to the palette. However, you cannot add a part inside
itself.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Part class
     Name
     Add as

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part or variable to the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1. Part Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Part class field, enter the name of the C++ class. The name of the part
class is the one you gave it when you created it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2. Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Name field, enter the text you want to use to describe the part you are
dropping onto the free-form surface in the Composition Editor. This text will
appear under the icon for the part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.3. Add As ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can add a part as a part or as a variable. When you add a part as a part,
the default constructor for the class is used when the application runs. This
means that a real object is created, not a variable that points to a real
object that has been defined elsewhere.

From Add as, select one of the following types of parts you want to add:

 Part
  To add a visual part or a nonvisual part

 Variable
  To add a class to represent a part, using the variable part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28. Part - New ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part - New window to create a new part.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Class name
     Description
     File name
     Part type
     Base class

 Push buttons

 Select Open to add the part to the free-form surface in the Composition
 Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.1. Class Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Class name to specify the class name of the part you want to create.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Description to provide a description for the part you want to create. The
description you enter will appear in the status area, as well as being a
comment in the .vbe file for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3. File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use File name to specify the name of the .vbb file where you want Visual
Builder to save data for this part class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.4. Part Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Part type to specify the type of the .vbb file where you want Visual
Builder to save data for this class.

Select one of the following types of parts you want to add:

 Class interface
      To create a new C++ class interface.

 Visual part
      To create a new visual part visual C++ part

 Nonvisual part
      To create a new nonvisual C++ part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5. Base Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Base class to specify the name of the base class for the class part you are
creating.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.1. Class Interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Class interface to create a new C++ class interface. You can use this
interface as an alternate way to work with nonpart classes-classes that do not
inherit from IStandardNotifier-instead of importing .vbe files.

Because a class interface does not inherit from IStandardNotifier, it cannot
signal notifications.

By default, Visual Builder truncates the file name to match FAT file-naming
conventions. To change this, select Default to FAT filename from Options in the
Visual Builder window.

If you have to write a new C++ class, it is easy to use this option to create
the class. You can then edit the class using the Part Interface Editor to
specify the member data dn the accessors. You can then generate the code, which
frees you from having to write the code for the class yourself.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.2. Visual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Visual part to create a new visual C++ part. The new part is a subclass
of the parent class that you specified.

Limitations

     Visual Builder supports only single inheritance.
     Visual parts must inherit from IFrameWindow.
     Nonvisual parts must inherit from IStandardNotifier.
     You cannot change parent classes.

 The default file name for the part is partname.vbb. To change this, enter a
 new name in File name field in the Part - New window when you create the part.

 By default, Visual Builder truncates the file name to match FAT file-naming
 conventions. To change this, select Default to FAT file names from Options in
 the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.3. Nonvisual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Nonvisual part to create a new nonvisual C++ part. The new part is a
subclass of the parent class that you specified.

Limitations

     Visual Builder supports only single inheritance.
     Visual parts must inherit from IWindow.
     Nonvisual parts must inherit from IStandardNotifier.
     You cannot change parent classes.

 The default file name for the part is partname.vbb. To change this, enter a
 new name in File name field in the Part - New window when you create the part.
 To change the file name after creating the part, use Move.

 By default, Visual Builder truncates the file name to match FAT file-naming
 conventions. To change this, select Default to FAT file names from Options in
 the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29. Add New Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add new category window to add a new category to the parts palette. A
category provides a visual grouping to which you can add your own parts.
Typically, categories consist of parts that have similar behavior or are
specialized, which you can use to assemble a particular application.

Parts can be in more than one category.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Category name
     Graphic

 Push buttons

 Select OK to add the category to the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29.1. Category Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Category name field, enter the text for the name of the category. When
you select your new category on the parts palette, Visual Builder displays this
text in the status area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29.2. Graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Graphic to specify the graphic resource you want to use to
identify the category. on the parts palette.

     Module name
     ID
     Shading
     Type of graphic

 Note:  When you change the Module name and ID fields, you are indicating what
        icon or bitmap you want to use that represents your category. Refer to
        the Visual Builder User's Guide for more information about creating
        icons.

 To learn more about how to create an icon, refer to the documentation
 available for the icon editor you use. For more detailed information on how to
 create a resource DLL, refer to the documentation available for the language
 compiler you use.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30. Connection Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Connection window to select the attributes, actions, and events that
you want to use as the source (the part you are connecting from) or target (the
part you are connecting to) of your connection.

You can also make connections from the parts of your view to classes that you
have created. Once you have selected the attribute, action, or event that you
want to connect from (the source), select the free-form surface and then select
More.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Actions
     Attributes
     Events

 If the target of your connection is a class, the following fields also appear:

     For class
     Access.

 Push buttons

 Select OK to use the selected action, attribute, or event and continue.

 If you are making a connection to a class, you can select More to specify
 additional situations that cause the attribute to be updated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1. Actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Actions list, select the action you want to use. The list of actions
available depends on the part you selected.

The act of changing or setting the value of an attribute can be considered an
action. If you started the connection with an event, the attributes of the
target part also display in this this list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.2. Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Attributes. list, select the attribute you want to use. The list of
attributes available depends on the part you selected.

Note:  Because when an attribute changes it creates an event, the attributes
       are also repeated in the Events list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.3. Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Events list, select the event you want to use. The list of events
available depends on the part you selected.

Note:  Because when an attribute changes it creates an event, the attributes
       are also repeated in the Events list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31. Reorder Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Reorder connections window to change the sequence in which connections
from the part are run.

If you make several connections from the same event or attribute of a part, the
connections for the event or attribute run in the order in which you made the
connections.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

 Within the pane of the window, use mouse button 2 to drag the items in the
 list and change the order of the listed connections.

 Actions

 To close the window, double-click on the System menu icon. The order of the
 connections is saved when you close the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32. Tabbing And Depth Order ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Tabbing And Depth Order window to specify the tabbing order for parts
that you have placed into parts from the Composer category.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

 To use this window, you must use the set of fields in conjunction with one
 another. The following information can help you work with this set of fields.

 All parts you place within the part are listed in the center of the window in
 a group box. If you have used a group box part to group parts together, then a
 group box appears around those parts also. The order in which the tabbing and
 traversal occur is determined by the part's order in the list.

 Moving parts

 You can rearrange the order of the parts by dragging the part names and
 dropping them into new positions in the list. You can change the position of
 several parts within the tabbing order at the same time by first selecting all
 the parts you want to move.

 Setting up the tabbing

 Two check boxes appear next to each part: The Traverse check box is on the
 left; the Tab group, on the right. To indicate which parts can be reached by
 tabbing and traversing, select the corresponding checkbox. Users can use the
 Tab and Backtab keys to move the cursor to the parts you select as a Tab
 group. Users can use the cursor movement keys to move the cursor to the parts
 you select as Traverse. These values were originally set in the part's
 settings view.

 You can nest tabbing lists. For example, a group box contains parts that a
 user can tab or traverse. If you place a group box on a window, the group box
 is listed with the other parts for the main tabbing list and also has its own
 tabbing list.

 Working with parts in the list

 Each list item has a pop-up menu identical to the one that exists for that
 part.

 You can access a part's settings view from the Tabbing And Depth Order window
 by double-clicking on the part's name in the tab order list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32.1. General Advice for Tabbing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Tabbing tips

Tabbing might not always be applicable for every part. For example, you cannot
tab to a static text part.

Note:  All parts within a parent part that have only the Traverse radio button
       selected are treated as a single tabbing unit. When the user tabs within
       the parent part, input focus moves among all the parts within the set.
       When the user uses the keyboard arrow keys, the input focus moves
       between all the parts within the set, regardless of which parts have Tab
       group selected.

 Typically, you should set the tabbing order as follows:

     The position of the parts in the tabbing order should be the same as the
      order in which they are displayed in the window from left to right and
      then top to bottom.

     Select Traverse and Tab group for all parts that are not in groups, such
      as text and list parts.

     Put each group of related parts, such as radio buttons and pushbuttons,
      into an outline or group box part. For the outline or group box part, be
      sure that Traverse and Tab group are selected. For the parts within the
      outline or group box part, be sure only Traverse are selected.

      If only one group of related parts within a window part (such as
      pushbuttons) exists, you do not need to put them within a outline box
      part. Instead, select only Traverse for these parts.

     Do not select Traverse or Tab group for parts that do not receive input
      focus, such as text parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33. Set Grid Spacing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Set grid spacing dialog to specify the distance in pels between the
lines on a grid. The grid can help you to align parts precisely when you place
them on the free-form surface.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Increments

 Push buttons

 Select OK to accept the changes and close the window. Select Apply to apply
 the changes and leave the window open to make further changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.1. Increments ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Increments to specify the horizontal and vertical distances
between the lines of a grid.

     Horizontal
     Vertical


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.1.1. Horizontal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Horizontal field, enter in pels the horizontal distance you want between
the vertical lines of the grid.

If you enter a value with a decimal fraction, Visual Builder rounds the value
to the nearest whole number.

The default value for horizontal grid spacing is the width of the system font.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.1.2. Vertical ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Vertical field, enter in pels the vertical distance between the
horizontal lines of the grid.

If you enter a value with a decimal fraction, Visual Builder rounds the value
ito the nearest whole number.

The default value for vertical grid spacing is the height of the system font.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34. Add to palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add to palette window to add a part to the parts palette.

You can do this in one of the following ways:

     From the File pull-down, select Add to palette..
     From the Options pull-down, select Modify paletteAdd part

 When you add a part, the entire visual part, nonvisual part, or class
 interface is represented with a part symbol in the category you select. When
 you originally created the part, you specified its name in the Part name
 field. The name you specified is what appears on the parts palette.

 Once you have added parts to the palette, you can place these parts on the
 free-form surface in the same way you place parts that Visual Builder
 provides.

 When you select Add to palette from the File pull-down, Visual Builder asks if
 you want to save the changes you made to the part.

 Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Part class
     Category

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part to the category that you select on the parts
 palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34.1. Part Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The name you specified when you created the visual part or nonvisual part
appears in the Part class field.

If you opened the Add to palette window by selecting Add to palette from the
File pull-down menu, the name for the part you are currently working on appears
in the Part name field.

If you opened the Add to palette window by selecting Modify paletteAdd new
part from the Options pull-down menu, enter the name of the part class that you
want to create in the Part name field. This is the same name as the name of the
part class that you specified when you originally created the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34.2. Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Category fields shows the available part category to which you can add your
part. You can add the same part to more than one category. The categories
appear in the same order as they appear on the parts palette. The default
selection is the currently selected category on the parts palette.

If you want to create a new category for your part, first select Modify the
parts paletteAdd new category from the Options pull-down menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35. Add New Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add new part to add a new part to the parts palette. The Add to palette
window opens.

When you add a new part, the entire visual part, nonvisual part, or class
interface is represented with a part symbol in the category you select. When
you originally created the part, you specified its name in the Part name field.
The name you specified is what appears on the parts palette.

Once you have added parts to the palette, you can place these parts on the
free-form surface in the same way you place parts that Visual Builder provides.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Parts
     Category

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part to the category you select on the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35.1. Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enter the name you specified when you created the visual or nonvisual part
appears in the Parts field.

If you opened the Add Part to Palette window by selecting Add Part to Palette
from the File pull-down menu, the class name for the part you are currently
working on is placed in the Part name field.

If you opened the Add Part to Palette window by selecting Modify PaletteAdd
Part to Palette from the Options pull-down menu, specify the Class name of the
part that you want to promote. You specified the Class name when you originally
created the visual or nonvisual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35.2. Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Category field lists the categories from which you can select the category
you want your part added to. You can add the same part to more than one
category. The categories appear in the same order as on the parts palette. The
default selection is the currently selected category on the parts palette.

The Category list shows the available categories to which your part can be
added. If you want to create a new category for your part, first select Modify
paletteAdd new category from the Options pull-down menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36. Promote Part Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Promote part feature window to select from a list the actions,
attributes, and events that you want to add to the part interface of the view
you are currently creating. This places the features into the Preferred
features list on the Preferred page of the Part Interface Editor.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Actions
     Attributes
     Events
     Promote feature name
     Previously promoted
 *

 Push buttons

     Promote
     Remove


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36.1. Promote feature name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Promote feature name field, enter the name that you want the attribute,
action, or event) to have when added to the part interface.

It is recommended that you use a combination of the name of the part and the
name of the attribute, action, or event so you know exactly where it came from.

A default name appears in this field once you select an attribute, event, or
action from the lists.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36.2. Previously Promoted ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Previously Promoted list shows the attributes, actions, and events that
have already been promoted from this part to the part interface of the view you
are currently defining.

Use this list to remove the features from the part interface. To do this,
select a previously promoted feature from the list and then select Remove.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36.3. Promote ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Promote to add the attribute, action, and event to the part interface.
of the view you are currently defining. The name you specified for the feature
will appear in the Preferred features list on the Preferred page of the Part
Interface Editor for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36.4. Remove ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Remove to delete the attribute, action, or event from the part
interface. of the view you are currently defining. You must first select the
attribute from the Previously Promoted list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37. Custom Logic Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Custom logic connection window to connect customized code to events and
attributes.

A custom logic connection lets you create your own type of connection. You have
access to the source object, target object, and the event data (if any) passed
on the source event. No action is taken on the target object unless it is
performed in your custom logic.

The data returned from your custom logic is made available to other parts
through the actionResult attribute.

Fields

     Description
     Event name
     Return type
     Custom logic

 Push buttons

     Add (or Update)
     Source
     Target
     Event


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.1. Custom Logic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Custom logic field to enter the customized code you want connected to
this event. This code will be generated as a member of the connection. If you
want to make a value available to the rest of your application, end your custom
logic with a return statement and update the Return type field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.2. Add (or Update) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add (or Update) to add the connection to (or update it in) the list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.3. Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Source to paste a reference to the source object into the insertion
point of the multiple-line edit (MLE).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.4. Target ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Target to paste a reference to the source object into the insertion
point of the multiple-line edit (MLE).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.5. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Event to paste a reference to the source object into the insertion point
of the multiple-line edit (MLE). The event is passed in as an instance of
INotifificationEvent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38. Menu-Bar Choices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following menu-bar choices are available within Visual Builder:

     File - Visual Builder window
     File - all editors
     Part - Visual Builder window
     Edit - Visual Builder window
     File - Composition Editor
     File - Class Editor and Part Interface Editor
     View - all editors
     Options - Visual Builder window
     Options - Composition Editor
     Tools - Composition Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1. File - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use File to load or unload parts that are located in .vbb files, to import part
information to create parts from your C++ classes, or to exit Visual Builder.

Menu summary

     Load
     Unload
     Import part information
     Exit


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1.1. Load ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Load to load .vbb files into the Loaded Part Files pane. (Parts you create
using Visual Builder are stored in .vbb files when you save them.)

To load .vbb files, follow these steps:

   1. Select one or more available .vbb files from the Loaded part files pane.
   2. Select Load from the File menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Loaded part files pane. The File - Load dialog opens.
   3. Select OK to confirm.

 The files must be in the current working directory.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1.2. Unload ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Unload to unload the parts you no longer need to work on. Unloading files
when you do not need them frees up resources and improves performance.

To unload .vbb files, follow these steps:

   1. Select from the Loaded part files pane one or more files that you want to
      unload.
   2. Select Unload from the File menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Loaded part files pane. The File - Unload dialog opens, and a list of the
      files you selected appears.
   3. Select Unload to confirm.

 You can unload any file except vbbase.vbb, which is the file that contains the
 parts shipped with Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1.3. Import Part Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Import part information to import .vbe files into Loaded part files.

If you have C++ classes you want to use as parts, you can create a .vbe file
that describes the part definitions and import these definitions into Visual
Builder. Once you have imported these parts, you can work with other parts in
the Composition Editor.

To import part information, follow these steps:

   1. Select Import part information from the File menu choice or from the
      pop-up menu for the Loaded part files pane. The Import Part Information
      dialog opens.
   2. From the list in this dialog, select one or more files that contain the
      part information you want to import.
   3. Select OK to confirm.

 For more information about the format for .vbe files, refer to Building Parts
 for Fun and Profit.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1.4. Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Exit to close Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2. File - All Editors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select File to save changes made in the current window, generate code for
parts, browse data, add a part to the parts palette, or exit the window.

Menu summary

     Save
     Save as
     Save and generate
     Browser
     Add to palette
     Exit


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.1. Save ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save to save the part in the specified .vbb file. Visual Builder saves
the data for the part in the file name that you specified when you created the
part.

For more information about creating a part refer to Visual Builder User's Guide


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.2. Save As ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save as to enter a new name for the part you are editing. Enter the new
name for the part in the Information Required window and then select OK.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.3. Save and Generate ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save and generate to save any changes you made to the part and generate
C++ code. Visual Builder generates C++ code to Code generation files for the
part, replacing the existing code.

Menu summary

     Part source
     main() for part
     Feature source


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.4. Browser ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browser to access a list of all member function names for the part that
you are editing, as well as a list of the classes that your part inherits from.

You can browse get and set member functions on the Attributes. page and action
member functions on the Actions. page for your part. You can also browse
inherited classes when you make event-to-member function or attribute-to-member
function connections in the Start connection from window.

To open and load the browser, Visual Builder uses code that has already been
compiled from a part data browser (.pdb) file.

If no .pdb file exists for the part, an error message appears and Visual
Builder uses the QuickBrowse browser instead.

Menu summary

     Open browser data
     Refresh browser data
     Close browser data
     QuickBrowse


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.4.1. Open Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open browser data to browse the member functions for the part that you
are editing.

You can browse the get and set member functions on the Attributes page in the
Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.4.2. Refresh Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Refresh browser data to refresh the list of get and set member functions
on the Attributes. page in the Part Interface Editor for the part that you are
editing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.4.3. Close Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Close browser data to remove the list of get and set member functions on
the Attributes. page in the Part Interface Editor for the part that you are
editing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.4.4. QuickBrowse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select QuickBrowse to browse the member functions for the part that you are
editing in the Part Interface Editor, as well as a list of the classes that
your part inherits from.

You can use the QuickBrowse browser if you want to browse one or more specific
member functions before compiling your application.

To use QuickBrowse, start Visual Builder from a WorkFrame project, and select
the part you want browse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.5. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add to palette to add the part you are currently editing to the parts
palette.

When you select Add to palette, the Add to palette dialog opens. Select the
category that you want to add the part to and then select OK.

For more information about other ways to modify the parts palette, refer to
Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.6. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add to palette window to specify which category the part you are
editing should appear in.

Tasks for this window

     General Tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Part name
     Category

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part to the category you select on the parts palette.

 When you select Add to palette, the Add part to palette window opens. Select
 the category that you want to add the part to and then select OK.

 For more information about other ways to modify the parts palette, refer to
 Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2.7. Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Exit to close the editor window.

If you have not yet saved your part since making changes, select Yes when
Visual Builder prompts you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3. Part - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Part to create or work with parts.

Menu summary

     New
     Open
     Copy
     Move
     Rename
     Delete
     Generate
     Export interface
     Add to palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.1. New ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select New to create a new part. The Part - New dialog opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.2. Open ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open to work with a part.

If you select a visual part, the Composition Editor opens. If it is a nonvisual
part the Part Interface Editor opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.3. Copy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Copy to copy a part.

To copy a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts pane.
   2. Select Copy from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts pane. The Part - Copy dialog opens.
   3. Enter a new name for the part in Target part name.
   4. Enter in Target file name the name of the .vbb file where you want to
      store the information for the part.
   5. Select Copy.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.4. Move ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Move to change which .vbb file contains information about an existing part.

To move a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane.
   2. Select Move from the Part menu choice, or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Move dialog opens.
   3. Enter the new file name in New file name.
   4. Select Move.

 You must save the old and new files to permanently update the contents of
 both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.5. Rename ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Rename to rename an existing part.

To rename a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane.
   2. Select Rename from the Part menu choice, or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Rename dialog opens.
   3. Enter the new name in New part name.
   4. Select Rename.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.6. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Delete to delete a part from the .vbb file. The Part - Delete dialog opens.

To delete one or more parts, follow these steps:

   1. From the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane, select one or more parts
      that you want to delete.
   2. Select Delete from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Delete dialog opens, and
      a list of the parts you selected appears.
   3. Select Delete to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.7. Generate ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Generate. to save any changes you made to the current part and generate C++
code for the part.

Visual Builder generates C++ code to Code generation files for the part,
replacing the existing code.

Menu summary

     Part source
     main() for part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.7.1. Part source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Part source to generate C++ source code for the part only. Before you
can compile your application, you must generate these files.

Visual Builder uses the name of your part to name the files it generates. Here
are the default file names for the part source files that Visual Builder
generates:

 partname.hpp
      C++ header file for your part

 partname.cpp
      C++ code for your part

 partname.h
      Resource header file for your .cpp file

 partname.rc
      Resource file for your .cpp file

 These are stored in the current working directory.

 Use the Class Editor to change the file names. You can also use the Class
 Editor to specify the names of the files that Visual Builder must include to
 correctly compile the code.

 By default, Visual Builder truncates the file name to match FAT file-naming
 conventions. To change this, select Default to FAT file names from Options in
 the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.7.2. Main() for Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select main()for part to generate C++ source code for your main() procedure.

Visual Builder generates the following files:

 part.app
      Main function for your application

 part.def
      Module definition file for your application

 part.mak
      Make file you specify when you build your application

      Note:  You must select Options PreferencesGenerate make files in the
             Visual Builder window for this file to be generated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.8. Feature Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Feature source to generate C++ code for a particular feature. You can
generate code for all features or select particular features from the list of
member functions, attributes, events. and events.

Before generating your application, you must first specify the C++ header file
(.hpp) and C++ code file (.cpp), which are the file names Visual Builder uses
to generate default code in the Class Editor. (See Code generation files), Once
you do this, Visual Builder adds the default code to the header and code files.

For complete information about generating default source code, refer to Visual
Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3.9. Export Interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Export interface to export .vbe files containing information about a part
interface. You can use this choice to distribute information to other
application developers so they can use your parts in other applications.

To export .vbe files, follow these steps:

   1. Select Export part information from the Part menu choice, or from the
      pop-up menu for the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part -
      Export interface dialog opens.
   2. From the list in this dialog, select one or more files that contain the
      part information you want to export.
   3. Select OK to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4. Edit - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to select or deselect all .vbb files that you loaded, to select or
deselect all parts, to find .vbb files, or to refresh the Visual Builder
window.

Menu summary

     Select all files
     Select all parts
     Deselect all files
     Deselect all parts
     Refresh


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4.1. Select All Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Select all files to select all files in Loaded part files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4.2. Select All Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Select all parts to select all parts in the Visual parts and Nonvisual
parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4.3. Deselect All Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Deselect all files to deselect all files in the Loaded part files pane.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4.4. Deselect All Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Deselect all parts to deselect all parts in the Visual parts and
Nonvisual parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4.5. Refresh ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Refresh to refresh the data in the panes in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5. Edit - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to work with text in the clipboard or to undo or redo changes to
the parts on the free-form surface.

Menu summary

     Cut
     Copy
     Paste
     Undo
     Redo
     Undo/Redo list


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.1. Cut ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Cut to remove one or more selected parts from the free-form surface and
place them into the clipboard. When you cut two or more parts, they retain
their positions relative to each other.

When you cut and paste parts, Visual Builder preserves their part names.
However, Visual Builder does not preserve any connections to and from the cut
parts, and you cannot cut connections to the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.2. Copy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Copy to place a copy of one or more selected parts from the free-form
surface into the clipboard. When you copy two or more parts, they retain their
positions relative to each other.

When you copy and paste parts, Visual Builder gives the parts new names.
However, Visual Builder does not preserve any connections to and from the
copied parts, and you cannot cut connections to the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.3. Paste ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Paste to place a copy of one or more parts in the clipboard to a
location you select on the free-form surface.

When you select Paste, Visual Builder loads the mouse pointer with the contents
of the clipboard. When the pointer changes to a crosshair, you can place parts
from the clipboard on the free-form surface. By clicking mouse button 1, you
are choosing the position of the upper-left corner of the bounding box of the
parts that are in the clipboard. (The bounding box is an imaginary box, the
borders of which form the smallest area that fully contains the parts.)

When you paste parts that you previously cut, Visual Builder preserves the part
names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.4. Undo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Undo to reverse the effect of the last action Visual Builder applied to
the selected part, returning it to its previous state.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.5. Redo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Redo to reverse the effect of the last Undo action.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.5.6. Undo/Redo List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Undo/Redo list to display a history of the actions Visual Builder
applied to a part.

From the list, select the changes you want to undo or redo, and then select
Undo or Redo.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.6. Edit - Class Editor and Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to undo or redo changes you made to parts you have placed on the
free-form surface.

Menu summary

     Undo
     Redo
     Undo/Redo List


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.7. View - All Editors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select View to switch to another editor when working with a part.

Menu summary

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor to build your application, lay
      out the visual parts that make up your windows, choose the parts that
      perform the logic you need, and make connections between the parts.

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor for the part you are working with. Use
      the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes
      to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to
      specify:

          The .vbb file that contains the part you are editing
          The name of the base class for your part
          Other files that you want to include when you build your application

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, (actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8. Options - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Options to display information about a part. to refresh the display, or
to set preferences for Visual Builder.

Menu summary

     Information area
     Show base files
     Show full file names
     Show type list
     Default to FAT file names
     Generate make files
     Set working directory


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.1. Information Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Information area to display information about a part.

Menu summary

     Show base class
     Show description
     Show file name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.1.1. Show Base Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show base class to see the base class of a particular class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.1.2. Show Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show description to see a description of a part from the part
information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.1.3. Show File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show file name to see the name of the .vbb file containing information
about a part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.2. Show Base Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show base files to display a list of base part files:

     vbbase.vbb
     vbcc.vbb
     vbmm.vbb
     vbsample.vbb
     vbsom.vbb


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.3. Show Full File Names ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show full file names to display the full names for the part (vbbase.vbb)
files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.4. Show Type List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show type list to display information about the loaded types, such as
the include files needed for a type. You can use this information for code
generation.

You cannot edit types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.5. Default to FAT File Names ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Default to FAT file names to have Visual Builder truncate file names so
that they conform with FAT file-naming conventions. If you select this choice,
however, unexpected file name conflicts can occur. For example, if a new name
matches an existing file name for another part, you could lose data for the new
part.

The selection you make for this choice applies only to the current session. It
is not saved from session to session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.6. Generate Make Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Generate make files to generate a make file when Visual Builder
generates the default source code for your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.7. Set Working Directory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Set working directory to set the name of the current working directory
where Visual Builder stores .vbb files and other files you have saved.

To set the working directory, follow these steps:

   1. Select Set working directory from the Options menu choice. The Set
      working directory dialog opens, and a list of the files you selected
      appears.
   2. Enter the name of the new directory, and then select OK to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.8.8. Refresh display ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Refresh to update the list of files, classes, and parts shown in the
Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9. Options - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Options to do the following:

     Customize certain functions in the Composition Editor
     Work with the parts palette
     Add parts and variables

 Menu summary

 Show tool bar
  Toggle to display or hide the tool bar

 Show palette
  Toggle to display or hide the parts palette

 Snap on drop
  Align a part to the grid when you place it on the free-form surface

 Snap on size
  Align a part to the grid when you size it

 Modify palette
  Change the parts palette

 Add part
  Add a part to the parts palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.1. Show Tool Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show tool bar to toggle the display of the tool bar.

When in view, the tool bar appears as a row of graphical selections above the
free-form surface and below the menu bar.

Show tool bar toggles the setting as follows:

     If the tool bar is currently not displayed and you select Show tool bar,
      the tool bar appears and a checkmark appears next to the menu choice.

     If the tool bar is in view and you select Show tool bar, the tool bar
      disappears and the checkmark is removed from Show tool bar. Removing the
      tool bar expands the free-form surface and gives you more room to work.

 The tool bar provides you convenient access to all the functions provided in
 the Tools pull-down.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.2. Show Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show palette to indicate whether you want the parts palette displayed.
Show palette toggles the setting as follows:

     If the parts palette is not in view and you select this choice, the parts
      palette appears and a check mark appears next to Show palette.

     If the parts palette is in view and you select Show palette, the parts
      palette disappears and the check mark is removed from Show palette.
      Removing the parts palette expands the free-form surface and gives you
      more room to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.3. Snap on Drop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap on drop to indicate whether you want to align a part to the grid as
you place it on the free-form surface. Snapping to the grid helps to keep parts
aligned correctly.

Selecting Snap on drop toggles the setting as follows:

     When Snap on drop is in effect, a check mark appears next to it. Visual
      Builder aligns parts to the grid when you place them on the free-form
      surface. A dropped part is placed so that its upper-left corner aligns to
      the nearest grid intersection.

     When Snap on drop is not in effect, the check mark is removed from it.
      Visual Builder leaves parts where they are dropped.

 You do not need to display the grid for Snap on drop to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.4. Snap on Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap on size to indicate whether you want to align the edges of a part
to the grid as you size it. Sizing to the grid helps keep part dimensions in
exact and easily countable increments.

Selecting Snap on size toggles the setting as follows:

     When Snap on size is in effect, a check mark appears next to it. Visual
      Builder aligns the edges of parts as you size them by dragging the
      selection handle (Γûá). The edge marked by the selection handle snaps from
      one grid intersection to another as you size a part with it.

     When Snap on size is not in effect, the check mark is removed from it.
      Visual Builder leaves parts exactly as they are sized.

 You do not need to display the grid for Snap on size to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.5. Modify Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Modify palette to add and delete categories and parts from the parts
palette.

Menu summary

 Add new category
  Add a to the parts palette

 Remove category
  Remove the selected category from the parts palette

 Add new part
  Add a part to the parts palette

 Remove part
  Remove the selected part from the parts palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.5.1. Remove category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Remove category to remove the currently selected category.

Warning: When you remove a category from the parts palette, all parts
associated with that category are also removed from the parts palette.

The .vbb files that are associated with deleted parts remain in Visual Builder.
You can add one of the new parts to another category using Add new part and
specifying the name of a class associated with the deleted part.

Note:  You can add a new empty category with the name of the category you
       deleted by selecting Add new category. You can then add parts to this
       category using Add new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.5.2. Remove part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Remove part to delete the part currently selected on the parts palette.

To do this, select the part and then select Modify PaletteRemove part from the
Options pull-down.

The .vbb file associated with a deleted part remains in Visual Builder. You can
add the part to another category using Add New Part and specifying the name of
the .vbb file associated with the deleted part.

Even if you delete all parts in a category, the category remains on the parts
palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.9.6. Add Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add part to add a part to your application.

The Add Part window prompts you for the name, part class, and part type of the
part class you want to add.

Consider using this option when one of the following conditions exist:

     The part you want to add is not on the parts palette
     The parts palette is not in view

 You need to know the name, part name, and part type of the part if you want to
 use this choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.10. Tools - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tools to help build the user interface of your application. Visual
Builder has tools such as Show connections, Hide connections, and Toggle grid
that let you determine how the free-form surface looks as you build your
application. They also help you manage the visual appearance of your
application parts and accurately place them on the free-form surface.

You can access some or all of these tools in the following ways:

     From the tool bar, which is just below the menu bar in the Composition
      Editor
     From the Tools menu in the Composition Editor
     From the pop-up menus for parts you place on the free-form surface


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Using the Help Pull-Down ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Help to get help information.

Menu summary

 Help index
  Provides an alphabetical list of help topics you can select. You can use the
  search facility to locate specific help in the index.

 General help
  Provides information about the active window.

 Using Help
  Provides information about how to use the help facility.

 Keys help
  Provides information about keyboard shortcuts that you can use in Visual
  Builder for windows, actions within windows, and for helps.

 How do I?
  Provides a list of quick-path instructions for using Visual Builder.

 Product information
  Provides version and copyright information about Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Using Help ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

While you are working with Visual Builder, help is always available. F1 is the
key you use to request help.

You can press F1 or select the Help push button (when it is available) to get
information on the active window.

Within a help panel, certain words or phrases appear in a different color than
the rest of the text. These words or phrases are hypertext links to other
information. The first hypertext link on each help panel appears in reverse
video. You can use the Tab key to move through all of the available links on a
help panel. Double-click on the words or phrases that appear in the different
color to go to that additional information. You can also use the Tab key to
move to the word or phrase and then press Enter.

Press Esc to return to the previous help window. If there is no previous help
window, Esc returns you to the active product window.

Note:  Alt+F4 also closes the help window.

 The Visual Builder help system includes the following types of help:

 General help to the field helps associated with that window for which you
 requested help

 Field help
      Provides help on specific objects or windows you can use within Visual
      Builder, such as an entry field.

 For specific information about the tasks you can perform using Visual Builder
 to build applications, refer to Visual Builder User's Guide.

 The following navigational aids help you find information within the help
 system:

     Help index, which is available from one of the following:

        -  The Help pull-down menu in Visual Builder
        -  The Index push button, located at the bottom of the Visual Builder
           Help window

     Table of contents, which is available in the Visual Builder Help window
      as the Contents choice from the Options pull-down menu

     Search facility, which is available using the Search push button on a
      help panel

 The following sections provide additional information about using the Visual
 Builder help system:

     Printing help panels
     Searching the help system


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Printing Help Panels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are two ways you can print the help panels within the Visual Builder help
system:

     On the Visual Builder Help window, select ServicesPrint. On the Print
      window, select This section and then select Print.

      The output goes to wherever you have line printer 1 (LPT1) defined.

     On the Visual Builder Help window, select ServicesCopy to file.

      This places the help panel text into a file called TEXT.TMP that exists
      in the current directory of the current drive. If you want to add more
      helps to this one file, you can now select Append to file and create one
      file that contains the information you want to print. You can then print
      this file using your normal print capabilities.

 Note:  You must have the appropriate printer driver installed for the printer
        and a printer icon must exist on the OS/2 desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Searching the Help System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select the Search push button at the bottom of the Visual Builder Help
window to bring up the search facility for the help system. You can either
search on the entire help system (All sections) or you can search on the index.

Search on All sections when you know exactly what you are looking for. Search
on Index when you have a more general topic you are looking for.

Searching the entire help system

When searching the help system, which means all text within the help system,
you are searching for exact matches of a single word or a single phrase in the
text. You can include wildcards in your search string.

   1. Select the Search push button, or select ServicesSearch.

   2. In the Search for field on the Search window, enter the word or phrase
      you are looking for.

   3. Select All sections from the group of radio buttons.

      Important!  People often forget this step when using the search facility.
                  The default radio button changes depending on what you used
                  before and what you currently are using in the help system.

   4. Select Search.

      A search list window displays all of the helps that contain the word or
      search string you specified.

 To easily scan the helps that the search discovered, maximize the window that
 displays the search results.

 Searching on the help index

 When searching on the index, you are searching on a single word or a single
 phrase that appears in an index entry itself, or a synonym or keyword
 associated with an index entry. For example, if you search on filter, you see
 index entries (and help panels) that do not contain filter, but do contain
 information related to filter.

 Do the following:

   1. In the Search for field in the Search window, enter the word you are
      looking for.

   2. Select Index from the group of radio buttons.

   3. Select Search.

 All index entries containing the word you specified are listed in the search
 results list, as well as entries associated with the word you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use keys in the following ways while you are using this product:

 Window keys          Navigate within and among windows

 Accelerator keys     Speed up certain actions in product windows

 Help keys            Display help information

 When a plus sign (+) joins two key names, use them together. Hold down the
 first key and press the second key.

 Mnemonics (single underlined characters) are available for menu bar and
 pull-down menu choices. To select a menu bar choice using the mnemonics, hold
 down Alt and enter the mnemonic for the choice that you want. (If the menu bar
 has the focus, enter only the mnemonic.)

 To select a choice on a pull-down menu, enter the mnemonic for the pull-down
 menu choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Window Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Key:            Function:

 F10             Moves the focus to and from the menu bar or closes the system
                 menu

 Alt             Moves the focus to and from the menu bar or closes the system
                 menu

 Arrow key       Moves the cursor from choice to choice

 Enter           Completes the selection of a menu bar choice or pull-down menu
                 choice. Also performs the action described on the push button
                 that currently has focus.

 Esc             Cancels a pull-down menu or cancels the active window if the
                 window contains a Cancel push button

 Page Down or PgDn Scrolls forward a page at a time

 Page Up or PgUp Scrolls backward a page at a time

 Spacebar        Selects or deselects check boxes, radio buttons, and list box
                 choices. Also performs the action described on the push button
                 that currently has focus.

 Tab             Moves the selection cursor from field to field

 Alt+F4          Closes the primary window

 Alt+F5          Restores the primary window

 Alt+F7          Moves the primary window.  Use the arrow keys to move the
                 window to a new position and then press Enter.

 Alt+F8          Sizes the primary window. Use the arrow keys to change the
                 size of the window and then press Enter.

 Alt+F9          Minimizes the primary window to an icon

 Alt+F10         Maximizes the primary window

 Alt+F11         Hides the window and all associated windows from the workplace

 Alt+Spacebar    Opens the system menu for the primary window

 Ctrl+Esc        Displays the Window List


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Accelerator Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the following keys, when applicable, to speed up actions within the
product windows:

 Key:          Function:

 Alt+Backspace (Undo) Reverses the operation most recently done on a part

 Alt+Shift+Backspace (Redo) Removes the effect of the last Undo operation

 Ctrl+F2       Saves any changes you have made to the part

 Ctrl+A        Selects all code in the current window

 Ctrl+Ins      Places a copy of one or more selected parts or information on
               the clipboard

 Ctrl+Delete   Removes selected parts or information and places them on the
               clipboard

               Note:  Be sure to select the parts or text immediately before
                      using the Ctrl+Delete key combination.

 Shift+Ins     Copies the parts or information from the clipboard to the
               specified location.

               For the Class Editor, evaluates the selected expression and
               shows the result

 Ctrl+E        Evaluates the selected expression (or code) and performs the
               function that the expression specifies

 Ctrl+F        Opens the Search/Replace window, from which you can search for
               specified text and optionally replace occurrences of specified
               text

 Ctrl+G        Opens a list of applications from which you can chose. Code is
               generated for the visual parts and the interface definition of
               the application.

 Ctrl+P        Lets you add a new part to the parts palette

 Ctrl+R        Clears all text from the current window and restores the most
               recently saved version

 Ctrl+S        Saves any changes you have made

 Ctrl+V        Loads the mouse pointer with the contents of the clipboard


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Key:         Function:

 F1           Displays general help for the active window. You can use this key
              on any window.

 F11          Displays the help index. You can use this key on any help window.

 Esc          Displays the previous help window.

 Alt+F4       Closes the help window.

 Shift+F10    Displays help for Help. You can use this on any help window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39. Pop-up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following pop-up menus are available:

     Pop-up menu for free-form surface
     Pop-up menu for most visual parts
     Pop-up menu for composer and container parts and IToolBar
     Pop-up menu for IMenu
     Pop-up menu for menu parts
     Pop-up menu for IMultiCellCanvas
     Pop-up menu for INotebook
     Pop-up menu for IVBNotebookPage
     Pop-up menu for AvlObjectFactory
     Pop-up menu for IToolBarButton
     Pop-up menu for AvlVariable
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-attribute connection
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-action connection
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-member function connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-attribute connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-action connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-member function connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-custom logic connection


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1. Pop-up Menu for the Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the free-form surface is the pop-up menu for the current
visual part definition. It contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.1. Open Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open settings to display the settings views for the parts you select.
The Settings view displays the attributes, and their initial values for the
part. If you selected several parts when you select Open settings, a settings
view for each selected part opens in a different window.

You can change the values of the attributes to customize the initial appearance
or behavior of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.2. Edit Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit part to open the view for the parts. you selected. If the part is
one shipped with Visual Builder, the Composition Editor opens on the part.
Otherwise, the Part Interface Editor opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.3. Browse Part Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browse part features to see the available features (attributes, actions,
or events) for the free-form surface or for a specific part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.4. Promote Part Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Promote part feature to make the private data about the part publicly
accessible to other parts.

When you promote part features (add attributes, actions, or events) to the
interface, you can share data between two applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.5. Change Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Change name to change the name of a part placed on the free-form
surface.

You can give parts descriptive names to more easily identify them. For example,
you can change the default name, Pushbutton1, to Delete.

When you change the name of any part, you change the internal name of the part.
This internal name appears in the status area at the bottom of the Composition
Editor window as you make connections.

For a nonvisual part, the name also appears as text beneath the icon for the
part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.6. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete to remove the parts you selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.7. Layout ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Layout to place parts on the free-form surface or in your view.

Menu summary

 Distribute
      Space visual parts evenly within a specified area.

 Snap To Grid
      Align visual parts with the nearest grid intersections


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.7.1. Distribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute to space visual parts evenly within a specified area.

Menu summary

 Horizontally in surface
      Space the selected parts evenly between the left and right edges of the
      area they are in

 Vertically in surface
      Space the selected parts evenly between the top and bottom edges of the
      area they are in


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.7.2. Snap to Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap to grid to align the upper and left edges of one or more selected
parts to the nearest grid lines. You do not have to display the grid to use
Snap to grid.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.7.3. Set Grid Spacing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Set grid spacing. to specify the distance between the lines of the grid
in the window whose pop-up menu you displayed. You can specify the horizontal
and vertical distance in pixels between the lines of the grid using the Set
grid spacing window.

Specify a value of zero if you do not want lines in the grid.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.8. Connect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the pop-up menu for the part or for the free-form surface, select Connect
to make a connection between two parts. It contains the preferred features
associated with the part.

Select the source of the connection from the connect menu. Once you select the
target of the connection, another connect menu displays for you to select the
target.

If you select More, the Start connections from window displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.8.1. Start connection from ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Start connection from to select an attribute, event, and action that you
want to associate with the part when making connections.

Select the source of the connection from the connect menu and then select OK.
Another connect menu displays for you to select the target.

The values in this window vary depending on the following:

     The part you selected
     If you added features (attributes, actions, or events) to the part
      interface
     If you selected the free-form surface


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.9. Browse Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browse Connections to show or hide connections to or from the part.

Menu Summary

 Show to
  Display the connections for which the part is the target

 Show from
  Display the connections for which the part is the source

 Show to/from
  Display the connections for which the part is either the target or source

 Show all
  Display all the connections among parts in the Composition Editor window

 Hide to
  Conceal the connections for which the part is the target

 Hide from
  Conceal the connections for which the part is the source

 Hide to/from
  Conceal the connections for which the part is either the target or source

 Hide all
  Conceal all connections among parts in the Composition Editor window


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.10. Reorder Connections From ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Reorder connections from to order the connections.

Connections execute in the order in which they are made, which might not be the
order you want. Use Reorder connections from to reorder the connections as you
want them to occur.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1.11. Tear-Off Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tear-off attribute to work with an attribute as if it were a standalone
part. The torn-off attribute is not actually a separate part but a variable
representing the attribute.

When you select Tear-off attribute, Visual Builder displays the list of
attributes for the part you are tearing from. After you select an attribute
from the list, you can drop the torn-off attribute on the free-form surface.
Visual Builder creates a connection (represented by a blue double-headed arrow)
between the original part and the torn-off attribute. You can then form other
connections to or from the torn-off attribute.

You might want to use a tear-off attribute when you want to do the following:

     Nest attributes, to allow direct access from the one that is nested
      inside the other
     Enable direct access to the attribute's events and actions

 For example, in an address book application:

     A model for a person could contain home address and work address
      attributes

     Each address attribute, in turn, contains street, city, and state
      attributes

     By tearing off an address attribute, you can create a new part containing
      street, city, and state attributes

     Tearing off an address attribute makes the nested street, city, and state
      attributes directly accessible rather than only indirectly accessible
      through an address attribute. Now that the nested attributes are directly
      accessible, you can form connections to and from them, as well as to
      their associated events and actions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.2. Pop-up Menu for Most Visual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for most visual parts contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute

 If you select more than one visual part on the free-form surface, then only
 Open settings, Edit part, Delete, and Layout appear in the pop-up menu.

 You can change the values of the attribute to customize the initial appearance
 or behavior you need for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.3. Pop-up Menu for Composer and Container Part and ITooBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IViewport and parts in the Composers category contains
the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Tabbing and depth order
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.3.1. Tabbing And Depth Order ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tabbing and Depth Order to specify the tabbing order for parts that
support tabbing. The tabbing order determines the order in which parts receive
focus when the user presses the Tab, Backtab, or cursor movement keys.

The Tabbing And Depth Order window lists the parts so that you can set the
tabbing order.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.4. Pop-up Menu for IMenu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IMenu part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.5. Pop-up Menu for Menu Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the menu parts (IMenuItem, IMenuCascade, and
IMenuSeparator) contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6. Pop-up Menu for IMultiCellCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IMultiCellCanvas part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Tabbing and depth order
     Columns
     Rows
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.1. Columns ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Columns to add a column to a multiple-cell canvas.

Menu summary

     Add column after
     Add column before
     Delete column


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.2. Add Column After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add column after to add a column to a multiple-cell canvas after the
current column.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.3. Add Column Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add column before to add a column to a multiple-cell canvas before the
current column.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.4. Delete Column ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete column to delete the currently selected column from a
multiple-cell canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.5. Rows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Rows to add a row to a multiple-cell canvas.

Menu summary

     Add row after
     Add row before
     Delete row


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.6. Add Row After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add row after to add a row to a multiple-cell canvas after the current
row.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.7. Add Row Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add row before to add a row to a multiple-cell canvas before the current
row.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.6.8. Delete Row ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete row to delete the currently selected row from a multiple-cell
canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.7. Pop-up Menu for INotebook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the INotebook part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Tabbing and depth order
     Add page before
     Add page after
     Add initial page
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.7.1. Add initial page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add initial page to create the first page of a notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.7.2. Add page after ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add page after to add a page to a notebook following the currently
selected page of the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.7.3. Add page before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add page before to add a page to a notebook preceding the currently
selected page of the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.8. Pop-up Menu for IVBNotebookPage ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IVBNotebookPage part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Tabbing and depth order
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.9. Pop-up Menu for AvlObjectFactory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the AvlObjectFactory part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change type
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.10. Pop-up Menu for IToolBarButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IToolBarButton part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.11. Pop-up Menu for AvlVariable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the AvlVariable part contains the following choices:

     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change type
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.11.1. Change Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Change type to change the class of a IAvlVariable on the free-form
surface.

The default class for a new variable is IStandardNotifier.

If the class you supply does not exist, Visual Builder prompts you to enter the
existing parent class and the class is created for you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.12. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Attribute Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-attribute connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.13. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Action Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-action connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.14. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Member Function Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-member function connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.15. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Attribute Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-attribute connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.16. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Action Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-action connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.17. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Member Function Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-member function connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.18. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Custom Logic Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-custom logic connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40. Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each Visual Builder message has a message number and message text to give you
additional information about the message.

The format of the message number is as follows:

ABT.XXX.NNNNy

 ABT            The message prefix, which indicates the VisualAge product.

 XXX.NNNN       The alphanumeric message identifier.

 y              The type of message, which can be one of the following:

                e         Error (generic)
                i         Informational
                w         Warning

 Note:  Only those messages originating within Visual Builder are listed here.
        Those originating outside of Visual Builder are not covered.

 Messages

      ABT.AAA.0001e
      ABT.AAA.0002e
      ABT.AAA.1000e
      ABT.AAA.1001e
      ABT.AAA.1002e
      ABT.AAA.1003e
      ABT.AAA.1004e
      ABT.AAA.1005e
      ABT.AAA.1006e
      ABT.AAA.1007e
      ABT.AAA.1008e
      ABT.AAA.1009e
      ABT.AAA.1010e
      ABT.AAA.1011e
      ABT.AEP.1000e
      ABT.AEP.1001e
      ABT.AEP.1002e
      ABT.AEP.1003i
      ABT.AEP.1004i
      ABT.AEP.1005w
      ABT.AEP.1006w
      ABT.AEP.1007w
      ABT.AEP.2000e
      ABT.AEP.2001e
      ABT.AEP.2002e
      ABT.AEP.2003e
      ABT.AEP.2004w
      ABT.AEP.2005w
      ABT.AEP.2006w
      ABT.AEP.2007e
      ABT.AEP.2008e
      ABT.AEP.2009e
      ABT.AEP.2010e
      ABT.AEP.2011w
      ABT.AEP.2012w
      ABT.AEP.2012w
      ABT.AEP.2014e
      ABT.AEP.4000e
      ABT.AEP.4001e
      ABT.AEP.4002e
      ABT.AEP.4003e
      ABT.AEP.4004e
      ABT.AEP.4005e
      ABT.AEP.4006i
      ABT.AEP.4007e
      ABT.AEP.4008w
      ABT.AEP.4009w
      ABT.AEP.4010w
      ABT.AEP.4011e
      ABT.AEP.5000e
      ABT.AEP.5001e
      ABT.AEP.5002w
      ABT.AEP.5003w
      ABT.CUI.1000e
      ABT.CUI.1001e
      ABT.CUI.1002e
      ABT.CUI.1003e
      ABT.CUI.1004e
      ABT.CUI.1005e
      ABT.CUI.1006w
      ABT.IMP.1100e
      ABT.UIA.1000e
      ABT.UIA.1001e
      ABT.UIA.1002e
      ABT.UIA.1010e
      ABT.UIA.1011e
      ABT.UIA.1012e
      ABT.UIA.1013e
      ABT.UIA.1014i
      ABT.UIA.1019e
      ABT.UIA.1020e
      ABT.UIA.1021w
      ABT.UIA.1022e
      ABT.UIA.1023i
      ABT.UIA.1024w
      ABT.UIA.1025w
      ABT.UIA.1026w
      ABT.UIA.1027w
      ABT.UIA.1028i
      ABT.UIA.1029e
      ABT.UIA.1030e
      ABT.UIA.1031w
      ABT.UIA.1032e
      ABT.UIA.1033e
      ABT.UIA.1034e
      ABT.UIA.1035i
      ABT.UIA.1036i
      ABT.UIA.1040w
      ABT.UIA.1100e
      ABT.UIA.1101e
      ABT.UIA.1102i
      ABT.UIA.1103i
      ABT.UIA.1110e
      ABT.UIA.1111e
      ABT.UIA.1112e
      ABT.UIA.1113e
      ABT.UIA.1114e
      ABT.UIA.1200e
      ABT.UIA.1201e
      ABT.UIA.1202e
      ABT.UIA.1203e
      ABT.UIA.1204e
      ABT.UIA.1205e
      ABT.UIA.1206e
      ABT.UIA.1207e
      ABT.WFI.1000i
      ABT.WFI.1001e
      ABT.WFI.1002e
      ABT.WFI.1003e
      ABT.WFI.1004e


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1. DDE4.AAA.0001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> was not found.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains this class must be loaded to complete the
operation.

Action

Load the .vbb file and retry the operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2. DDE4.AAA.0002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name) cannot be created because a class with the same name is
already loaded in Visual Builder.

Action

Enter a unique class name or unload the file containing the duplicate class
name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.3. DDE4.AAA.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name> is not loaded into Visual Builder.

Explanation

The part was not found.

Action

Load the .vbb file that holds this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.4. DDE4.AAA.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. If Visual Builder was trying to write to the file, make sure you have
      write access to the file.

   3. If the file was not found, check your working directory.

   4. If Visual Builder was not able to read the file, check your disk for
      damaged sectors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.5. DDE4.AAA.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening <file_name>.  The file was not created.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. Make sure you have write access to the output directory.

   2. Make sure that a read-only file of the same name does not exist.

   3. Make sure you have enough disk space.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6. DDE4.AAA.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The internal cache of Visual Builder is full.

Action

Save your files; then, close and restart Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7. DDE4.AAA.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in reading from <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. If the file was not found, check your working directory.

   3. If Visual Builder was not able to read the file, check the disk for
      damaged sectors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8. DDE4.AAA.1005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in writing to <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. Make sure that a read-only file of the same name does not exist.

   3. Make sure you have write access to the output directory.

   4. Make sure you have enough storage space in the output directory.

   5. Check your disk for damaged sectors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9. DDE4.AAA.1006e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is not a valid .vbb file.

Explanation

The file is not in the format that Visual Builder expects, either because the
file is not a .vbb file or because it has been damaged.

Action

Enter the name of an intact .vbb file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.10. DDE4.AAA.1007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> was not loaded because a file with the same name is already loaded.

Action

If a file with the same name is loaded from a different directory, unload the
previously loaded file and try the operation again. Otherwise, no action is
required; the file you requested is already loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.11. DDE4.AAA.1008e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name1> was not loaded because it contains the part <part_name2>,
which is already loaded.

Explanation

The part <part_name2> has already been loaded from a different .vbb file.

Action

Unload the .vbb file with the duplicate part, or delete the duplicate part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.12. DDE4.AAA.1009e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not save <file_name> because it is a read-only file.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. Make sure that the file is not read-only.

   2. Make sure that you have write access to the working directory.

 If you are trying to save a .vbb file that was shipped with Visual Builder, be
 aware that changes to this file are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.13. DDE4.AAA.1010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not save the following files because they are read-only
files:  <file_names>

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. Make sure that the files are not read-only.

   2. Make sure that you have write access to the working directory.

 If you are trying to save .vbb files that were shipped with Visual Builder, be
 aware that changes to these files are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.14. DDE4.AAA.1011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> is in use.  The operation was not completed.

Action

Check your open applications and close any that might be using this file.  This
includes other Visual Builder sessions that have this file loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.15. DDE4.AEP.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

IAVLBASE was not initialized. An error occurred in calling the entry point
DDE4VI30.DLL.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not start because it could not find the dde4vi30.dll file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing dde4vi30.dll is on your LIBPATH.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.16. DDE4.AEP.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

IAVLBASE was not reset. An error occurred in calling the entry point
<DLL_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not start because it could not find the specified .dll
file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.17. DDE4.AEP.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This DLL is not valid. Check the LIBPATH statement in your config.sys file.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the specified .dll file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.18. DDE4.AEP.1003i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

To delete this row, the following parts must be deleted:  <part_names>. Is it
okay to delete them?

Explanation

Visual Builder is about to delete the specified row.

Action

To confirm that you want to delete the specified row, click on OK. The row and
the specified parts are deleted.

If you do not want to delete the row, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.19. DDE4.AEP.1004i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

To delete this column, the following parts must be deleted:  <part_names>. Is
it okay to delete them?

Explanation

Visual Builder  is about to delete the specified column.

Action

To confirm that you want to delete the specified column, click on OK. The
column and the specified parts are deleted.

If you do not want to delete the column, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.20. DDE4.AEP.1005w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor for part <part_name> is not valid.

Explanation

The syntax of the constructor for the specified part is not valid, or Visual
Builder could not find the constructor in the .dll.

Action

Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.21. DDE4.AEP.1006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor parameter <parameter_name> for part <part_name> is not valid.

Explanation

One of the following problems exists:

     The syntax of the constructor parameter for the specified part is not
      valid.

     No attribute exists for the parameter.

     The attribute type is not valid.

 Action

 Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.22. DDE4.AEP.1007w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor for part <part_name> failed.

Explanation

The constructor failed, or it returned a part that is not valid. Combinations
that are not valid for the constructor can cause failures.

Action

Be sure the constructor settings contain a valid combination for the part. Then
try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.23. DDE4.AEP.2000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> is not defined in the files that are loaded.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the class definition for the specified class. The
class definition is missing from the files that Visual Builder loaded.

Action

Close the Composition Editor. Use the Class Editor to create the class
definition for this class, or reload the file containing the class. Then try
again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.24. DDE4.AEP.2001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to load the entry point <file_name> from DLL
<DLL_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the specified .dll file or this particular entry
point in the specified .dll.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH and that
the .dll contains the specified entry point.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.25. DDE4.AEP.2002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The cell <cell_number> is already occupied.

Explanation

Visual Builder has already been started placing (in the upper left corner) a
part in the requested cell. Only one part can be started in that cell. S

Action

In the settings notebook for the part, do one of the following:

     Enter a different value for the new row and column.

     Drop the part in a different cell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.26. DDE4.AEP.2003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in creating the new class <class_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not create the specified class because of a file error.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.27. DDE4.AEP.2004w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Enter a valid C++ identifier for the name.

Explanation

The syntax of the C++ identifier you entered is not valid.

Action

Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.28. DDE4.AEP.2005w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> already exists. Choose another name.

Explanation

The class you tried to create already exists.

Action

Use the Class Editor to rename and save the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.29. DDE4.AEP.2006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

The name you entered for the specified class is not valid.

Action

Use the Class Editor to rename and save the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.30. DDE4.AEP.2007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in saving the palette information:  <error_string>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not add your part to the palette as a result of this
error.

Action

The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read the
error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.31. DDE4.AEP.2008e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in loading the palette information:  <error_string>. The
default palette will be used.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the file that contains the information about your
part palette. Instead, the palette that was shipped with Visual Builder was
loaded.

Action

Be sure that the file name you specified for your part palette is correct. Then
try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.32. DDE4.AEP.2009e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The loaded object is not a palette. The default palette will be used.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not load your part palette because the data in the file
you specified did not contain palette information.

Action

Be sure that the file you specified for your part palette contains palette
information and that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.33. DDE4.AEP.2010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name> cannot be edited.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not load your part into the Composition Editor. The data
in the file you specified did not contain part information, or the part cannot
be edited. This can happen with certain system parts and typedefs.

Action

Be sure that the file you specified for your part contains part information and
that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.34. DDE4.AEP.2011w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove the category <category_name> from the palette?

Explanation

You requested that Visual Builder remove the selected category from the parts
palette. If Visual Builder removes this category, all parts in this category
will also be removed.

Action

To remove this category from the parts palette, select the Yes push button.

To leave this category on the parts palette, select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.35. DDE4.AEP.2012w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove the part <part_name> from the selected palette category?

Action

To remove this part from the parts palette, select the Yes push button.

To leave this part on the parts palette, select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.36. DDE4.AEP.2014e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> has been marked by the supplier as a class that cannot be used in
a variable.

Explanation

When changing the type for a variable, you specified a class that may not be
used.

Action

Specify a different class for the type of the variable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.37. DDE4.AEP.4000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The attribute type is missing.

Explanation

The Attribute type field in the Part Interface Editor is blank.

Action

Enter an attribute type in the Attribute type field in the Part Interface
Editor. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.38. DDE4.AEP.4000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The member function signature is missing or not valid.

Explanation

Either the member function does not exist, or the syntax for it is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the member function exists and that the syntax is correct.

To check this, use the Part Interface Editor. Or select Browse part features
from the pop-up menu for the part in the Composition Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.39. DDE4.AEP.4002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The event identifier is missing.

Explanation

The event identifier does not exist.

Action

In the Part Interface Editor, enter an event identifier in the Event
identification field on the Attribute or Event page Then try again. To do this,
use the Part Interface Editor or select Browse part features from the pop-up
menu for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.40. DDE4.AEP.4003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<feature_name> is already in the list of preferred features.

Explanation

The feature you tried to add already appears in the list of preferred features
on the Preferred page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Select a different feature.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.41. DDE4.AEP.4004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Set the User .hpv file and User .cpv file fields in the Class Editor.

Explanation

The specified files in the Class Editor must be completed before Visual Builder
can generate the default feature source code.

Action

Enter the appropriate .hpv and .cpv file names in these fields before
attempting to generate the default feature source code again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.42. DDE4.AEP.4005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening file <file_name>:  <part_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not open the specified file to generate the feature source
code. This file might not exist. If it does not exist, it will be created.

Action

Be sure that you have write access to the directory and that you have enough
space on the disk. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.43. DDE4.AEP.4006i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The feature source code generation is complete. Code was appended to the
following files:  <file_names>

Explanation

None.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.44. DDE4.AEP.4007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This file name is not valid.

Explanation

The specified file name is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.45. DDE4.AEP.4008w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove all features from the list of preferred features?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove all features from the list of preferred
features on the Preferred Features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Review the features that are to be removed. Then click on OK to confirm.

If you do not want to remove them all, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.46. DDE4.AEP.4009w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove <feature> from the list of preferred features?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove the specified feature from the list of
preferred features on the Preferred Features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Click on OK to confirm. If you do not want to remove it, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.47. DDE4.AEP.4010w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to show inherited preferred features only?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to see only the inherited features in the list of
preferred features on the Preferred Features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Click on OK to confirm.

If you do not want to see only the inherited features, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.48. DDE4.AEP.4011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The set member function must have at least one input parameter. The part
interface was not changed.

Explanation

You must specify at least one input parameter in an attribute's set member
function. If you specify more than one parameter, you must also supply default
values for all parameters except the first one.

Action

Respecify the set member function for this attribute and select the Add or
Update push button, as appropriate.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.49. DDE4.AEP.5000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This handler is not valid.

Explanation

The syntax for the handler is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the syntax for this handler is correct. Use the Handlers page in
the settings notebook for the part, entering one of the following to correct
it:

     name
     name()
     name(type, type, ...)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.50. DDE4.AEP.5001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<handler> is already in the list of handlers.

Explanation

The handler you tried to add is already in the list of handlers.

Action

Use the Handlers page in the settings notebook for the part to enter
information about the new handler. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.51. DDE4.AEP.5002w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<handler> is not a valid part. Do you want to add it to the list of handlers?

Explanation

The handler you selected is not a part that is currently loaded in Visual
Builder.

Action

Select another handler, or correct the syntax of the handler you selected. Then
try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.52. DDE4.AEP.5003w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove <handler> from the list of handlers?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove the specified handler from the list of
handlers on the settings page for the part.

Action

Click on OK to confirm. Otherwise, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.53. DDE4.CUI.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The parameter <parameter_name> is not valid.

Explanation

Visual Builder does not allow you to use parameter names that conflict with
reserved feature names, such as actionResult and exceptionOccurred.

Action

Change the name of the parameter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.54. DDE4.CUI.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class that you specified is not valid.

Explanation

One of the following occurred:

     The base class that you specified does not exist in any .vbb file that is
      currently loaded.

     You entered more than one base class.

 Action

 Make sure that both of the following are true:

     You specified only one base class.

     You loaded the .vbb file that contains the base class that you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.55. DDE4.CUI.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The access type of the base class is not valid.

Explanation

The access type of the base class must be public, protected, or private.

Action

Change the access type of the base class to public, protected, or private.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.56. DDE4.CUI.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An expression lacks the opening parenthesis.

Explanation

You omitted the opening parenthesis in the declaration of member function. This
could occur in the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get and set member function declarations on the Attribute page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Insert the missing parenthesis.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.57. DDE4.CUI.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

A function name was not found.

Explanation

The name of a member function that you entered is missing. This could occur in
the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get and set member function declarations on the Attribute page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Insert the missing member function name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.58. DDE4.CUI.1005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

A syntax error occurred in the function declaration.

Explanation

You entered a member function declaration that contains a C++ syntax error.
This could occur in the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get and set member function declarations on the Attribute page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Correct the syntax error.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.59. DDE4.CUI.1006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?

Explanation

You are about to perform an action that will overwrite an existing .vbb file.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button to overwrite the .vbb file. You will not be
      able to recover this .vbb file after you overwrite it.

     Select the No push button to prevent the .vbb file from being
      overwritten. You will be returned to the task that you were performing so
      that you can enter or select a different .vbb file name.

     Select the Cancel push button to end the task that you are performing
      without overwriting the .vbb file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.60. DDE4.IMP.1100e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part information export failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to open the specified output file for the exported
part information.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If this operation is overwriting a previously existing file, make sure
      that the file is not otherwise in use.  Also, make sure the file is not
      marked read-only.

   2. If the output directory is on a local area network, make sure you have
      write access to the directory.

   3. Check the output directory to see if enough storage space exists to hold
      the file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.61. DDE4.UIA.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when loading information about options that you changed in
the Visual Builder window. The default option selections will be used.

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to open this file. The options will be reset to the
default selections when you select the OK push button.

Action

If the error persists, erase the vbopts.dat file in your working directory.
Visual Builder will create a new vbopts.dat file in your working directory the
next time you change the option selections and close the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.62. DDE4.UIA.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when loading information about options that you changed in
the Visual Builder window:  <error_string> The default option selections will
be used.

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to open this file. The options will be reset to the
default selections when you select the OK push button.

Action

If the error persists, erase the vbopts.dat file in your working directory.
Visual Builder will create a new vbopts.dat file in your working directory the
next time you change the option selections and close the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.63. DDE4.UIA.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when saving information about options that you changed in the
Visual Builder window:  <error_string>

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to write information about the changed options to this
file.

Action

Make sure that your working directory has space available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.64. DDE4.UIA.1010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open the browser link for file <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to open the file that contains the browser
information. Either the file does not exist in the working directory or it has
become corrupted.

Action

Create the browser information file by compiling your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.65. DDE4.UIA.1011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open QuickBrowse for file <file_name>.

Explanation

QuickBrowse was not able to parse the specified C++ source code file, probably
due to errors in the source code.

Action

Check the project monitor log and correct the C++ source code errors that
QuickBrowse recorded there.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.66. DDE4.UIA.1012e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

No information was available for class <class_name>.

Explanation

Either QuickBrowse or the browser was unable to find a class declaration,
definition, or both for the specified class.

Action

Supply the missing class declaration, definition, or both. Then, do one of the
following:

     If you were using QuickBrowse, run QuickBrowse again.

     If you were using the browser, compile your application and reopen the
      browser information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.67. DDE4.UIA.1013e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to refresh the browser data.

Explanation

An attempt by Visual Builder to refresh the browser data failed. Visual Builder
continues to use the previous data that it received from the browser.

Action

No action can be taken using Visual Builder. See the messages displayed by the
browser for information about possible actions you can take using the browser.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.68. DDE4.UIA.1014i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to refresh the browser data for class <class_name>.

Explanation

An attempt by Visual Builder to refresh the browser data revealed that the
specified class no longer exists in the data.

Action

No action can be taken. Visual Builder refreshes all of the data except that of
the missing class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.69. DDE4.UIA.1019e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name1> is an invalid file name because <file_name2> is already loaded
from another path.

Explanation

You tried to create a .vbb file that has the same name as a .vbb file that you
loaded from another path.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Enter a different name for the .vbb file.

     Unload the .vbb file that is already loaded and then create the new .vbb
      file.

 You can see the full path of the loaded .vbb files by selecting OptionsShow
 full file names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.70. DDE4.UIA.1020e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file name was not specified.

Explanation

You tried to move a part into a .vbb file without specifying the file name.

Action

Enter the name of the .vbb file that you want to move the part to.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.71. DDE4.UIA.1021w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is already loaded. It was not loaded again.

Explanation

You tried to load a .vbb file that was already loaded.

Action

Do one of the following:

     If the specified .vbb file is vbbase.vbb, you cannot unload it. No action
      is required.

     If the specified .vbb file is not vbbase.vbb, you can unload it and then
      reload it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.72. DDE4.UIA.1022e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name1> cannot be loaded because <file_name2> is already loaded from
another path.

Explanation

You tried to load a .vbb file that has the same name as a .vbb file that you
loaded from another path.

Action

Unload the .vbb file that is already loaded and then load the other .vbb file.

You can see the full path of the loaded .vbb files by selecting OptionsShow
full file names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.73. DDE4.UIA.1023i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This operation was canceled because file replacement was not allowed.

Explanation

You canceled an operation that would have caused Visual Builder to replace a
.vbb file if you had continued. For example, you would receive this message if
you imported data that would have replaced an existing .vbb file, but you did
not allow Visual Builder to replace the existing file.

Action

No action is required.

To prevent this message from appearing, do one of the following:

     Allow Visual Builder to replace the .vbb file.

     Change the file name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.74. DDE4.UIA.1024w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is not loaded and is about to be replaced. Is it okay to replace
this file?

Explanation

You are creating a new .vbb file or importing data from a .vbe file. However, a
corresponding .vbb file of the same name already exists in your working
directory. If you continue, Visual Builder will replace the existing .vbb file
with a new one that contains the data in the new .vbb file that you are
creating or the .vbe file that you are importing.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button to create the new file or import the data and
      replace the existing .vbb file.

     Select the No push button cancel the create or import operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.75. DDE4.UIA.1025w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Warning: Visual Builder editor windows are open. If this operation affects the
inheritance of any parts being edited or the inheritance of any subparts, do
not proceed until you have closed the windows. Do you want to proceed?

Explanation

You are about to perform an operation that might affect the inheritance of
parts or subparts in the open Visual Builder editor windows. Operations that
could affect part inheritance are deleting parts and renaming parts. For
example, if you delete a part from a .vbb file and have used that part as the
base class of another part, any of the deleted part's inherited features that
you are using are invalid.

Action

Verify that the operation you are about to perform will not affect the
inheritance of any of the parts or subparts in your open Visual Builder editor
windows before proceeding with the operation. If you are not certain that part
inheritance will not be affected, close the open editor windows before
proceeding.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.76. DDE4.UIA.1026w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to exit Visual Builder?

Explanation

You did one of the following:

     Double-clicked on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Selected System Menu iconClose.

     Selected FileExit.

 Action

 Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button.

      The Visual Builder window closes and Visual Builder ends.

     Select the No push button.

      The Visual Builder window stays open and Visual Builder keeps running.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.77. DDE4.UIA.1027w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

At least one Visual Builder editor window is open. Select Yes to close it and
exit.

Explanation

You did one of the following with one or more Visual Builder editor windows
open:

     Double-clicked on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Selected System Menu iconClose.

     Selected FileExit.

 Action

 Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button.

      The open editor window closes, the Visual Builder window closes, and
      Visual Builder ends.

     Select the No push button.

      The open editor window and the Visual Builder window stay open, and
      Visual Builder keeps running.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.78. DDE4.UIA.1028i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The exit operation was canceled.

Explanation

You selected No when Visual Builder displayed a message asking if you wanted to
exit.

Action

No action is required. To exit Visual Builder, do one of the following:

     Double-click on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Select System Menu iconClose.

     Select FileExit.

 When Visual Builder displays a message asking if you really want to exit,
 select the Yes push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.79. DDE4.UIA.1029e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in moving <part_name>:  <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder did not allow you to move a part to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons:

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.80. DDE4.UIA.1030e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open <part_name>:  <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to write information to a .vbb file because of one
of the following reasons:

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.81. DDE4.UIA.1031w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The operation was canceled because of an inconsistent selection.

Explanation

The response you gave in one dialog contradicts the response you gave in
another dialog. For example, you might have imported data from a .vbe file, but
you did not save it in a .vbb file.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.82. DDE4.UIA.1032e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> was not found.

Explanation

You specified a class name that Visual Builder could not find in any of the
loaded .vbb files.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.83. DDE4.UIA.1033e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open an editor window for <part_name>:
<file_name>.

Explanation

You tried to open a part, but your system did not have enough free resources to
let Visual Builder display the editor.

Action

Release system resources that are currently being used by closing applications
that you are not using. Then, try again to open the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.84. DDE4.UIA.1034e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to change the working directory to <disk_name>:
<working_directory>.

Explanation

You attempted to change the working directory, but specified an invalid path.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Specify a valid path that already exists.

     Create the path that you want to specify.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.85. DDE4.UIA.1035i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> is already on the parts palette in the category that you specified.
It was not added again.

Explanation

You tried to add a part to the parts palette, but a part with that name is
already in the category that you tried to add the part to.

Action

To add the part, do one of the following:

     Rename the part and then add it to the parts palette in the category that
      you specified previously.

     Add the part in a different category.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.86. DDE4.UIA.1036i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> cannot be unloaded. It has been removed from the unload list.

Explanation

You tried to unload the VBBase.vbb file, which Visual Builder does not allow
you to do. This file must always be loaded.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.87. DDE4.UIA.1040w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> is already being edited. Do you want to open another editor window
for this part?

Explanation

You already have an editor window open for the selected part. Whenever you edit
a part in multiple windows, you risk overwriting one set of part information
with another. Every time you save a part, Visual Builder completely replaces
any previously saved part information.

Action

To open another editor window, select the Yes push button.

To cancel the open request and give the existing editor window the input focus,
select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.88. DDE4.UIA.1100e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This save operation failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to save a .vbb file or a part in a .vbb file because
of one of the following reasons:

     The disk did not have enough free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is either read-only or hidden.

     You tried to save the file to a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you
      cannot write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.89. DDE4.UIA.1101e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This copy operation failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to copy a .vbb file or a part in a .vbb file because
of one of the following reasons:

     The disk did not have enough free space.

     A file is the target of the copy operation and that file is being used by
      another program.

     A file is the target of the copy operation and that file is either
      read-only or hidden.

     You tried to copy the file to a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you
      cannot write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.90. DDE4.UIA.1102e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This part was copied successfully.

Explanation

Visual Builder is confirming that the copy operation was performed
successfully.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.91. DDE4.UIA.1103e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This part was renamed successfully.

Explanation

Visual Builder is confirming that the rename operation was performed
successfully.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.92. DDE4.UIA.1110e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The new name is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

You tried to copy or rename a class to a name that is not supported in the C++
language.

Action

Check the new name for the following:

     It must begin with a letter.
     It must not contain special characters other than the underscore (_).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.93. DDE4.UIA.1111e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

You specified a class name that is not supported in the C++ language.

Action

Check the class name for the following:

     It must begin with a letter.
     It must not contain special characters other than the underscore (_).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.94. DDE4.UIA.1112e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> already exists. Choose another name.

Explanation

You cannot enter the name of a part that already exists in a .vbb file that is
currently loaded.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Enter a different name for the part.

     Unload the .vbb file that contains the existing part and then reenter the
      part name.

      Note:  If you specify the name of the .vbb file that you just unloaded as
             the file in which you want to store the part, Visual Builder will
             ask you if you want to replace the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.95. DDE4.UIA.1113e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder cannot write to file <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to write information to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons:

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.96. DDE4.UIA.1114e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder cannot write to file <file_name>. Nothing was deleted.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to write information to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons. The file that you tried to write to
was not changed.

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a Local Area Network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Read
 the error text that appears after the colon (:) and respond accordingly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.97. DDE4.UIA.1200e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class <class_name> must be loaded before the new part can be created.

Explanation

You must specify a base class whose .vbb file is loaded.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains the base class you want to specify.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.98. DDE4.UIA.1201e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class cannot be an abstract class.

Explanation

You cannot specify an abstract class as the base class of another part. An
abstract class provides common behavior across a set of subclasses but is not
itself designed to have instances that work. An abstract class represents a
concept; classes derived from it represent implementations of the concept.

For example, IControl is the abstract base class for control view windows; the
IPushbutton and IEntryField classes are controls derived from IControl.
Therefore, you could use either IPushButton or IEntryField as a base class, but
not IControl.

Action

Specify the name of a class that is not an abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.99. DDE4.UIA.1202e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class IWindow is not loaded.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains IWindow, which is VBBase.vbb unless you moved
IWindow to a different .vbb file, must be loaded to create or open a visual
part. All visual parts inherit from IWindow.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains IWindow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.100. DDE4.UIA.1203e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class IStandardNotifier* is not loaded.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains IStandardNotifier*, which is VBBase.vbb unless you
moved IStandardNotifier* to a different .vbb file, must be loaded to create or
open a nonvisual or class interface part. All nonvisual and class interface
parts inherit from IStandardNotifier*.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains IStandardNotifier*.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.101. DDE4.UIA.1204e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name1> must inherit from <class_name2>.

Explanation

All visual parts must inherit from IWindow. All nonvisual and class interface
parts must inherit from IStandardNotifier*.

Action

Do one of the following:

     If your part is a visual part, specify either IWindow or a part that
      inherits from IWindow as the base class of the part.

     If your part is a nonvisual or class interface part, specify either
      IStandardNotifier* or a part that inherits from IStandardNotifier* as the
      base class of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.102. DDE4.UIA.1205e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Part classes cannot inherit from multiple parts.

Explanation

Your part class inherits member functions, data members, or both from more than
one part. Visual Builder only allows part classes to inherit from one part.

Action

Make sure your part class inherits from only one part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.103. DDE4.UIA.1206e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> has been marked by the supplier as a class that cannot be used as
a base class.

Explanation

When opening a new part, you specified a base class that may not be derived.
Most classes in this category are reserved for use by the supplier of the part.

Action

Specify a different class as the base for your new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.104. DDE4.UIA.1207e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class must also be a <part_type>.

Explanation

When opening a new part, you specified a part type that was different from that
of the base class. Both base and derived classes must be of the same type.

Valid part types are visual, nonvisual, and class interface.

Action

     To keep the base class, change the type of the new part.
     To keep the part type, specify a base class of the same type as that of
      the new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.105. DDE4.WFI.1000i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder found no project scope actions to display.

Explanation

The Project menu is empty because you have not added any of the WorkFrame
actions for this project at the project scope.

Action

Add WorkFrame actions at the project scope. Refer to WorkFrame How Do I? for
information about doing this.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.106. DDE4.WFI.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to obtain the project information for
<project_name>.

Explanation

The WorkFrame environment variable that provides the path to the project under
which you started Visual Builder is not set correctly in your config.sys file.

Action

Set the WorkFrame environment variable properly. Refer to the VisualAge C++
User's Guide for information about setting the WorkFrame environment variables.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.107. DDE4.WFI.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not connect to WorkFrame.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to get information from WorkFrame using the router
that Visual Builder provides for this purpose.

Action

Check the environment variables for WorkFrame in your config.sys file. Refer to
the VisualAge C++ User's Guide for information about setting the WorkFrame
environment variables.

If the problem persists, contact IBM technical support as described in the
following sections.

Telephone support in the USA and Canada

Visual Builder has a free 60-day Getting Started period (GSP) to help you with
installation, usage, and how-to problems. Call 1-800-237-5511.  The 60-day
period starts on the date of your first call, and is offered 9-5 (in your time
zone), Monday through Friday. If you need service outside of these hours during
the GSP, service charges apply. Call 1-800-237-5511 for details.

After your 60-day GSP, we offer a wide menu of service options tailored to a
full spectrum of customers needs. Again, call 1-800-237-5511 for details.

Quite often, you may not need technical support, for example when you have
questions about CSD levels and availability, registration cards, or beta tests.
In recognition of these questions, our automated response system contains a
wealth of useful information.  You can also receive much of that information by
fax. The response system is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Call
1-800-668-2853.  (Outside of North America, you can access the same system at
416-448-4363.)

Telephone support outside North America

For local country support, please contact your IBM branch for details.

Electronic support - worldwide

You can also contact Visual Builder Support electronically. There is no charge
for this service, other than what you normally pay for your electronic access.

     Compuserve (OS2DF1)

     INTERNET

        -  [e-mail]
        -  [e-mail]  for WorkFrame-specific questions

     IBMLink/ServiceLink

        -  VA C++ forum
        -  ETR (electronic reporting of problems)

     TalkLink

        -  VA C++ forum
        -  ETR (electronic reporting of problems)

 If you frequent the Internet, you can also contact other knowledgeable Visual
 Builder users on the USENET newsgroups. (Visual Builder discussions often
 appear in the comp.os.os2.programmer hierarchy.)

 Other defect reporting channels in the USA and Canada

 You can also report possible Visual Builder code-related problems using any of
 the following methods:

 FAX         [phone]
 MAIL

                          IBM Corp
                          Personal Systems Support Family
                          11400 Burnet Road
                          Internal Zip 2901
                          AUSTIN, TX  78758

 ELECTRONIC  CompuServe - 76711,611

 Other defect reporting channels outside the USA and Canada

 Other IBM countries offer mail-in and fax support. Please contact your IBM
 branch for details.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.108. DDE4.WFI.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening the Presentation Manager (PM) notification queue.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to send a message to or receive a message from PM.

Action

The most common cause of this error is a lack of system resources. Try to free
system resources by closing programs that you are not using.

If the problem persists, contact IBM technical support as described in the
following sections.

Telephone support in the USA and Canada

Visual Builder has a free 60-day Getting Started period (GSP) to help you with
installation, usage, and how-to problems. Call 1-800-237-5511.  The 60-day
period starts on the date of your first call, and is offered 9-5 (in your time
zone), Monday through Friday. If you need service outside of these hours during
the GSP, service charges apply. Call 1-800-237-5511 for details.

After your 60-day GSP, we offer a wide menu of service options tailored to a
full spectrum of customers needs. Again, call 1-800-237-5511 for details.

Quite often, you may not need technical support, for example when you have
questions about CSD levels and availability, registration cards, or beta tests.
In recognition of these questions, our automated response system contains a
wealth of useful information.  You can also receive much of that information by
fax. The response system is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Call
1-800-668-2853.  (Outside of North America, you can access the same system at
416-448-4363.)

Telephone support outside North America

For local country support, please contact your IBM branch for details.

Electronic support - worldwide

You can also contact Visual Builder Support electronically. There is no charge
for this service, other than what you normally pay for your electronic access.

     Compuserve (OS2DF1)

     INTERNET

        -  [e-mail]
        -  [e-mail]  for WorkFrame-specific questions

     IBMLink/ServiceLink

        -  VA C++ forum
        -  ETR (electronic reporting of problems)

     TalkLink

        -  VA C++ forum
        -  ETR (electronic reporting of problems)

 If you frequent the Internet, you can also contact other knowledgeable Visual
 Builder users on the USENET newsgroups. (Visual Builder discussions often
 appear in the comp.os.os2.programmer hierarchy.)

 Other defect reporting channels in the USA and Canada

 You can also report possible Visual Builder code-related problems using any of
 the following methods:

 FAX         [phone]
 MAIL

                          IBM Corp
                          Personal Systems Support Family
                          11400 Burnet Road
                          Internal Zip 2901
                          AUSTIN, TX  78758

 ELECTRONIC  CompuServe - 76711,611

 Other defect reporting channels outside the USA and Canada

 Other IBM countries offer mail-in and fax support. Please contact your IBM
 branch for details.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.109. DDE4.WFI.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to access browser information. The Browser is not
initialized.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the Browser .dll files. This could mean that
these .dll files are not installed or their path is not set properly in the
LIBPATH statement.

Action

First, make sure the Browser is installed. Then, check the LIBPATH statement to
ensure that the path to the Browser .dll files is set properly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Common footnotes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41. Glossary ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This glossary defines terms and abbreviations that are used in this book. If
you do not find the term you are looking for, refer to the IBM Dictionary of
Computing, New York:McGraw-Hill, 1994.

This glossary includes terms and definitions from the American National
Standard Dictionary for Information Systems, ANSI X3.172-1990, copyright 1990
by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Copies may be purchased
from the American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, New
York 10018.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary listing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A
abstract class
action
attribute
attribute-to-action connection
attribute-to-attribute connection
attribute-to-member function connection
attribute-to-parameter connection
B
base class
behavior
C
category
class
Class Editor
class hierarchy
class library
class member function
collection
composite part
Composition Editor
connection
construction from parts
constructor
custom logic connection
D
data abstraction
data member
data model
declaraction
destructor
DLL
dynamic link library (DLL)
E
encapsulation
event
event-to-action connection
event-to-attribute connection
event-to-member function connection
expansion area
F
feature
free-form surface
G
graphical user interface (GUI)
GUI
H
handles
header file
I
inheritance
instance
L
loaded
M
member
member function
member function name
message
model
N
nonvisual part
notebook part
O
object
object class
object factory
object-oriented programming
operation
P
parent class
part
part event
part event ID
part interface
Part Interface Editor
parts palette
preferred features
primary selection
private
property
protected
R
resource file
S
selection handles
service
settings view
sticky
structure
subpart
superclass
T
tear-off attribute
template
tool bar
U
UI
user interface (UI)
V
variable
view
visual part
visual programming tool
W
window


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> abstract class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class that provides common behavior across a set of subclasses but is not
itself designed to have instances that work. An abstract class represents a
concept; classes derived from it represent implementations of the concept. For
example, IControl is the abstract base class for control view windows; the
ICanvas and IListBox classes are controls derived from IControl. An abstract
class must have at least one pure virtual function.

See also  base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> access ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A property of a class that determines whether a class member is accessible in
an expression or declaration.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a function that a part can perform. The visual builder uses
action specifications to generate connections between parts. Actions are
resolved to member function calls in the generated code.

Compare to  event and  attribute.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Advanced Program-to-Program Communication (APPC) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IBM's architected solution for program-to-program communication, distributed
transaction processing, and remote database access. A transaction program using
the APPC application program interface can communicate with other transaction
programs on systems that support APPC.

An implementation of the Systems Network Architecture (SNA) logical unit (LU)
6.2 protocol that allows interconnected systems to communicate and share the
processing of programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> AID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  attention identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> argument ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data element, or value, included as part of a member function call. Arguments
provide additional information that the called member function can use to
perform the requested operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attention identifier (AID) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A character in a 3270 or 5250 data stream indicating that the user has pressed
a key, such as the Enter key, to request an action by the system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a property of a part. For example, a customer part could
have a name attribute and an address attribute. An attribute can itself be a
part with its own behavior and attributes.

Visual Builder uses attribute specifications to generate code to get and set
part properties.

Compare to event and  action.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-attribute connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of one part. to an attribute of another part.
When one attribute is updated, the other attribute is updated automatically.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-action connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of one part to an action of another part. When
the attribute is updated, the action is also updated automatically. This is
similar to an event-to-action connection because Visual Builder uses the
attribute's event ID to notify the action when the value of the attribute
changes.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-member function connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of a part to a member function. The connected
attribute receives its value from the member function, which can make
calculations based on the values of other parts.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-parameter connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that satisfies a parameter of an action or member function by
supplying an attribute's value.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> base class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class from which other classes or parts are derived. A base class may itself
be derived from another base class.

See also  abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> behavior ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The set of external characteristics that an object exhibits.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> caller ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that sends a member function call to another object.

Contrast with  receiver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, a selectable grouping of parts represented by an
icon in the left-most column. Selecting a category displays the parts belonging
to that category in the next column.

See also  parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An aggregate that can contain functions, types, and user-defined operators, in
addition to data. Classes can be defined hierarchically, allowing one class to
be an expansion of another, and can restrict access to its members.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Class Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The editor you use to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes to
when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to do the
following:

     Enter a description of the parts
     Specify a different .vbb file in which to store the part
     See the name of the part's base class
     Modify the part's default constructor
     Enter additional constructor and destructor code
     Specify a .lib file for the part
     Specify a resource DLL and ID to assign an icon to the part
     Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
      application

 Compare to  Composition Editor and  Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class hierarchy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A tree-like structure showing relationships among object classes. It places one
abstract class at the top (a base class) and one or more layers of less
abstract classes below it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class library ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A collection of classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> client area object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An intermediate window between a frame window (IFrameWindow) and its controls
and other child windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> client object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that requests services from other objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> collection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A set of features in which each feature is an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Common User Access (CUA) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An IBM architecture for designing graphical user interfaces using a set of
standard components and terminology.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> composite part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that is composed of a part and one or more subparts. A composite part
can contain visual parts, nonvisual parts, or both.

See also  nonvisual part, part, subpart, and  visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A view that is used to build a graphical user interface and to make connections
between parts.

Compare to Class Editor and  Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> concrete class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A subclass of an abstract class that is a specialization of the abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A formal, explicit relationship between parts. Making connections is the basic
technique for building any visual application because that defines the way in
which parts communicate with one another. Visual Builder generates the code
that then implements these connections.

See also  attribute-to-action connection, attribute-to-attribute connection,
attribute-to-member function connection, attribute-to-parameter connection,
custom logic connection, event-to-action connection, event-to-attribute
connection, and  event-to-member function connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> const ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute of a data object that declares that the object cannot be changed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> construction from parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A software development technology in which applications are assembled from
existing and reusable software components, known as parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> constructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A special class member function that has the same name as the class and is used
to construct and possibly initialize class objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> CUA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  Common User Access.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> cursored emphasis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When the selection cursor is on a choice, that choice has cursored emphasis.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> custom logic connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that causes your customized C or C++ code to be run. This
connection can be triggered either when an attribute's value changes or an
event occurs. Use this connection for short pieces of code that you do not plan
to reuse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data abstraction ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data type with a private representation and a public set of operations. The
C++ language uses the concept of classes to implement data abstraction.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data member ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Private data that belongs to a given object and is hidden from direct access by
all other objects. Data members can only be accessed by the member functions of
the defining class and its subclasses.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A combination of the base classes and parts shipped with the product and the
classes and parts you save and create. They are saved in a file named
vbbase.vbb.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A storage area used to hold a value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> declaration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A description that makes an external object or function available to a function
or a block.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DEF file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  module definition file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> derivation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The creation of a new or abstract class from an existing or base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> destructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A special class member function that has the same name as the class and is used
to destruct class objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DLL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  dynamic link library.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> dynamic link library (DLL) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In OS/2, a library containing data and code objects that can be used by
programs or applications during loading or at run time. Although they are not
part of the program's executable (.exe) file, they are sometimes required for
an .exe file to run properly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> encapsulation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The hiding of a software object's internal representation. The object provides
an interface that queries and manipulates the data without exposing its
underlying structure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a notification from a part.

Compare to  action ,  attribute, and  part event.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-action connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that causes an action when a certain event occurs.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-attribute connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that changes the value of an attribute when a certain event
occurs.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-member function connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an event of a part to a member function. When the connected
event occurs, the member function is executed.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> expansion area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The section of a multicell canvas between the current cell grid and the outer
edge of the canvas. Visually, this area is bounded by the rightmost column
gridline and the bottommost row gridline.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A major component of a software product that can be installed separately.

In Visual Builder, an action, attribute, or event that is available from a
part's part interface and that other parts can connect to.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> full attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that has all of the behaviors and characteristics that an
attribute can have:  a data member, a get member function, a set member
function, and an event identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> free-form surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The large open area of the Composition Editor window. The free-form surface
holds the visual parts contained in the views you build and representations of
the nonvisual parts (models) that your application includes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> graphical user interface (GUI) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A type of interface that enables users to communicate with a program by
manipulating graphical features, rather than by entering commands. Typically, a
graphical user interface includes a combination of graphics, pointing devices,
menu bars and other menus, overlapping windows, and icons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> GUI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  graphical user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Small squares that appear on the corners of a selected visual part in Visual
Builder. Handles are used to resize parts.

Compare to  primary selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> header file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that contains system-defined control information that precedes user
data.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> inheritance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A mechanism by which an object class can use the attributes, relationships, and
member functions defined in more abstract classes related to it (its base
classes).

An object-oriented programming technique that allows you to use existing
classes as bases for creating other classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Synonym for  object, a particular instantiation of a data type.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> legacy code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Existing code that a user might have. Legacy applications often have
character-based, nongraphical user interfaces; usually they are written in a
nonobject-oriented language, such as C or COBOL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> loaded ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The state of the mouse pointer between the time you select a part from the
parts palette and deposit the part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> main part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The part that users see when they start an application. This is the part from
which the main() function C++ code for the application is generated.

The main part is a special kind of composite part.

See also  part and  main part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data object in a structure or a union.

In C++, classes and structures can also contain functions and types as members.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An operator or function that is declared as a member of a class. A member
function has access to the private and protected member functions and data
members of objects of its class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function call ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A communication from one object to another that requests the receiving object
to execute a member function.

A member function call consists of a member function name that indicates the
requested member function and the arguments to be used in executing the member
function. The member function call always returns some object to the requesting
object as the result of performing the member function.

Synonym for  message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The component of a member function call that specifies the requested operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A request from one object that the receiving object implement a member
function. Because data is encapsulated and not directly accessible, a message
is the only way to send data from one object to another. Each message specifies
the name of the receiving object, the member function to be implemented, and
any arguments the member function needs for implementation.

Synonym for  member function call.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A nonvisual part that represents the state and behavior of a object, such as a
customer or an account.

Contrast with  view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> module definition file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that describes the code segments within a load module.

Synonym for DEF file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> nested class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class defined within the scope of another class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> nonvisual part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that has no visual representation at run time. A nonvisual part
typically represents some real-world object that exists in the business
environment.

Compare to  model. Contrast with  view and  visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> no-event attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that does not have an event identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> no-set attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that does not have a set member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> notebook part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A visual part that resembles a bound notebook containing pages separated into
sections by tabbed divider pages. A user can turn the pages of a notebook or
select the tabs to move from one section to another.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A computer representation of something that a user can work with to perform a
task. An object can appear as text or an icon.

A collection of data and member functions that operate on that data, which
together represent a logical entity in the system. In object-oriented
programming, objects are grouped into classes that share common data
definitions and member functions. Each object in the class is said to be an
instance of the class.

An instance of an object class consisting of attributes, a data structure, and
operational member functions. It can represent a person, place, thing, event,
or concept. Each instance has the same properties, attributes, and member
functions as other instances of the object class, though it has unique values
assigned to its attributes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A template for defining the attributes and member functions of an object An
object class can contain other object classes. An individual representation of
an object class is called an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object factory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A nonvisual part capable of dynamically creating new instance of a specified
part. For example, during the execution of an application, an object factory
can create instances of a new class to collect the data being generated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object-oriented programming ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A programming approach based on the concepts of data abstraction and
inheritance Unlike procedural programming techniques, object-oriented
programming concentrates on those data objects that comprise the problem and
how they are manipulated, not on how something is accomplished.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> observor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that receives notification from a notifier object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> operation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A member function or service that can be requested of an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> overloading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object-oriented programming technique that allows you to redefine functions
and most standard C++ operators when the functions and operators are used with
class types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> parent class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The class from which another part or class inherits data, member functions, or
both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A self-contained software object with a standardized part interface consisting
of a set of external features that allow the part to interact with other parts.
A part is implemented as a class that supports the INotifier protocol and has a
part interface defined.

The parts on the parts palette can be used as templates to create instances or
objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A representation of a change that occurs to a part. The events on a part's
interface enable other interested parts to receive notification when something
about the part changes. For example, a push button generates an event signaling
that it has been clicked, which might cause another part to display a window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part event ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The name of a part static-data member used to identify which notification is
being signaled.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A set of external features that allows a part to interact with other parts. A
part's interface is made up of three characteristics: attributes, actions, and
events.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An editor that the application developer uses to create and modify attributes,
actions, and events, which together make up the interface of a part.

Compare to  Class Editor and  Composition Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> parts palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts palette holds a collection of visual parts and nonvisual parts used
in building additional parts for an application. The parts palette is organized
into categories. Application developers can add parts to the palette for use in
defining applications or other parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> preferred features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A subset of the part's features that appear in a pop-up connection menu.
Generally, they are the features used most often.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> primary selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, the part used as a base for an action that affects
several parts. For example, an alignment tool will align all selected parts
with the primary selection. Primary selection is indicated by closed (solid)
selection handles, while the other selected parts have open selection handles.

See also  selection handles.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> private ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Pertaining to a class member that is accessible only to member functions and
friends of that class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> process ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A program running under OS/2, along with the resources associated with it
(memory, threads, file system resources, and so on).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> program ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

One or more files containing a set of instructions conforming to a particular
programming language syntax.

A self-contained, executable module. Multiple copies of the same program can be
run in different processes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> protected ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Pertaining to a class member that is only accessible to member functions and
friends of that class, or to member functions and friends of classes derived
from that class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> prototype ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A function declaration or definition that includes both the return type of the
function and the types of its arguments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> primitive part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A basic building block of other parts. A primitive part can be relatively
complex in terms of the function it provides.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> process ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A collection of code, data, and other system resources, including at least one
thread of execution, that performs a data processing task.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> property ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A unique characteristic of a part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> pure virtual function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A virtual function that has a function definition of = 0;.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> receiver ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The object that receives a member function call.

Contrast with  caller.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> resource file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that contains data used by an application, such as text strings and
icons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> selection handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, small squares that appear on the corners of a
selected visual part. Selection handles are used to resize parts.

See also  primary selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> server ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A computer that provides services to multiple users or workstations in a
network; for example, a file server, a print server, or a mail server.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> service ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specific behavior that an object is responsible for exhibiting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> settings view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A view of a part that provides a way to display and set the attributes and
options associated with the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> sticky ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, the mode that enables you to add multiple parts of
the same class (for example, three push buttons) without going back and forth
between the parts palette and the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> structure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A construct that contains an ordered group of data objects. Unlike an array,
the data objects within a structure can have varied data types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> subpart ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that is used to create another part.

See also nonvisual part, part, and visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> superclass ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  abstract class and  base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> tear-off attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that an application developer has exposed to work with as though
it were a stand-alone part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> template ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A family of classes or functions with variable types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> thread ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A unit of execution within a process.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> tool bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The strip of icons along the top of the free-form surface. The tool bar
contains tools to help you construct composite parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> UI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> unloaded ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The state of the mouse pointer before you select a part from the parts palette
and after you deposit a part on the free-form surface. In addition, you can
unload the mouse pointer by pressing the Esc key.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> user interface (UI) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The hardware, software, or both that enable a user to interact with a computer.

The term user interface normally refers to the visual presentation and its
underlying software with which a user interacts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> variable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A storage place within an object for a data feature. The data feature is an
object, such as number or date, stored as an attribute of the containing
object.

A part that receives an identity at run time. A variable by itself contains no
data or program logic; it must be connected such that it receives runtime
identity from a part elsewhere in the application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A visual part, such as a window, push button, or entry field.

A visual representation that can display and change the underlying model
objects of an application. Views are both the end result of developing an
application and the basic unit of composition of user interfaces.

Compare to  visual part. Contrast with  model.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> virtual function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A function of a class that is declared with the keyword virtual. The
implementation that is executed when you make a call to a virtual function
depends on the type of the object for which it is called. This is determined at
run time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> visual part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that has a visual representation at run time. Visual parts, such as
windows, push buttons, and entry fields, make up the user interface of an
application.

Compare to  view. Contrast with  nonvisual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> visual programming tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A tool that provides a means for specifying programs graphically. Application
programmers write applications by manipulating graphical representations of
components.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> white space ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Space characters, tab characters, form-feed characters, and new-line
characters.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A rectangular area of the screen with visible boundaries in which information
is displayed. Windows can overlap on the screen, giving it the appearance of
one window being on top of another.

In the Composition Editor, a window is a part that can be used as a container
for other visual parts, such as push buttons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the task roadmap by selecting HelpHow Do I? from the Help menu
bar choice in any of the following windows:

     Visual Builder window
     Composition Editor
     Class Editor
     Part Interface Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Product information window by selecting Product information
from the Help menu bar choice in any of the following windows:

     Visual Builder window
     Composition Editor
     Class Editor
     Part Interface Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Composition Editor window several different ways, depending
upon whether you want to create a new part or edit an existing part.

To create a new part, select New and then Visual part from one of the
following:

     Part menu-bar choice
     Pop-up menu for the Visual part pane in the Visual Builder window.

 To edit an existing part, do one of the following:

   1. In the Visual Builder window, select a .vbb file from the Loaded part
      files pane, and then double-click on the part.
   2. Select Edit part from the pop-up menu of a visual part on the free-form
      surface in an existing Composition Editor window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Class Editor a few different ways.

     From the Visual Builder window, do the following:

        1. Open a visual or nonvisual part from the Visual parts pane.

        2. Select the middle radio button at the bottom right corner of the
           Composition Editor or the Part Interface Editor.

     From the View menu of the Composition Editor or the Part Interface Editor
      select Class Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Part Interface Editor window from the Composition Editor or
the Class Editor by doing one of the following:

     Select the Part Interface Editor at the lower right corner of the window.

     From the View pull-down menu, select Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select this pop-up menu choice from the following fields in the Part
Interface Editor:

     Get member function on the Attribute page
     Set member function on the Attribute page
     Event identification on the Attribute and Event pages
     Action member function on the Action page


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To open this window, double-click on the connection line or do the following:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the connection line and click mouse
      button 2.

   2. Select Open Settings from the pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add new part window Composition Editor window. From the
Options pull-down, select Add new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Part - New window from the Visual Builder window. From the
Part menu choice, select New.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Add new category window from the Composition Editor. From
the Options pull-down, select Modify paletteAdd new category.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Connections window from the Composition Editor window by
selecting Connect from the pop-up for the part. The Connections window opens
automatically if there is no preferred connections menu.

If a preferred connections pop-up appears, select More.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Reorder connections window from the free-form surface of the
Composition Editor window by selecting Reorder connections from the pop-up
menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Tabbing And Depth Order window from the Composition Editor
window by selecting Tabbing And Depth Order from the pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Set grid spacing window from the Composition Editor.
Composition Editor. From the pop-up menu for the free-form surface or any part
having this choice, select Set grid spacing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add to palette window from the Visual Builder window. From the
Part pull-down, select Add to palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add new part window from the Visual Builder window. From the
Part pull-down, select Add to palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Promote part feature window from the Composition Editor by
selecting Promote part feature from the pop-up menu for a part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Custom logic connection window from the Composition Editor
by doing the following:

   1. From the pop-up menu for the part, select Connect and then a connection
      from the list of available connections.

   2. Select a part that you would like to have access to through the custom
      logic connection. (If no part meets this criteria, pick any part.) Then
      select Custom logic from the pop-up that comes up.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the list using any of the following methods:

Mouse functions

To select a value in the list, click on the item. The value you selected
displays in the entry field.

Note:  A scroll bar with available-state emphasis indicates that more
       information is available and you can scroll it into view.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and enter the value in.

 To move through the values in the list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the Up Arrow key or the Down Arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the Up Arrow key or the
      Down Arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the drop-down list using any of the following
methods:

Mouse functions

   1. View the values in the drop-down list by clicking on the button.
   2. Select one of the values in the list by clicking on the item. The list
      disappears, and the value you selected displays in the entry field.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select a value by entering the first character of one of the values in
 the entry field. The next value beginning with that character replaces the
 value in the entry field.

 Note:  If there is more than one value beginning with the same character, you
        must enter that character again to display the next value in the list.

 To move through the values in the drop-down list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the Up Arrow key or the Down Arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the Up Arrow key or the
      Down Arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the drop-down list using any of the following
methods:

Mouse functions

   1. View the values in the drop-down list by clicking on the button.
   2. Select one of the values in the list by clicking on the item. The list
      disappears, and the value you selected displays in the entry field.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and enter the value in entry field.

 You can also select a value by entering the first character of one of the
 values in the entry field. The next value beginning with that character is
 highlighted in the list. You can then select the item.

 To move through the values in the drop-down list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the Up Arrow key or the Down Arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the Up Arrow key or the
      Down Arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value with a spin button using any of the following methods:

Mouse functions

To move through the values for the spin button, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value, click on the button or the button.
     To rapidly move through the values, click and hold the button or the
      button.

 The value displayed in the field becomes the selected value.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and type the value in.

 To move through the values for the spin button, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the Up Arrow key or the Down Arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the Up Arrow key or the
      Down Arrow key.

 The value displayed in the field becomes the selected value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display a pop-up menu, do the following:

   1. Position the mouse pointer over the field, part, or free-form surface.
   2. Click mouse button 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To open the settings view window of a part, do one of the following:

     From the pop-up menu for the part, select Open settings.
     Double-click on the part.